Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Gambling, Resorts & Casinos / Boyd Group Services

Boyd Group Services

byd · TSX Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker byd
Exchange TSX
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Gambling, Resorts & Casinos
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · Boyd Group Services
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 

2011 Annual Report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 

2011 Annual Report 

Table of Contents 

Report to Unitholders……..…………………………………………….……..….       

       3 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis……………………………..………… 

Certification of Annual Filings …………..……………………………..………… 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Reporting………………… 

Auditor’s Report……………………………………………………………. 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position…………………………. 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity…………...…………… 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings  ……………………………..…… 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Earnings………...……… 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows……………………………….. 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements………………………. 

Board of Trustees…………………………………………………………………. 

Corporate Directory……………………………………………………….………. 

Unitholder Information……………………………………………………………. 

  5-43 

44-47 

     49 

     50 

     51 

     52 

     53 

     53 

     54 

55-84 

     85 

     86 

     87 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 

2011 REPORT TO UNITHOLDERS 

To Our Unitholders, 

We are pleased with the financial results for 2011, as this was another record year for the Fund in terms of sales, Adjusted 
EBITDA and distributable cash.   

We  achieved  many  important  milestones  in  2011,  with  our  continued  growth  at  the  forefront.  In  this  regard,  we 
demonstrated our further commitment to our growth strategy with the acquisition of Cars Collision Center of Colorado, LLC 
and  Cars  Collision  Center,  LLC  (together,  “Cars  Collision”),  the  announcement  of  the  acquisition  of  Master  Collision 
Repair, Inc. ("Master"), with closing of the transaction coming early in 2012, as well as the addition of nine new collision 
repair centers under our single location growth strategy.  As the largest multi-location collision operator in North America, 
with a current total of 179 locations, we are in a favourable market position and we will look to continue to capitalize on this 
strength as we move into 2012.  

For the year ended December 31, 2011, sales increased by 38.9% to $357.0 million, from $257.0 million in the prior year.  
The substantial increase was due in large part to the addition of $94.1 million of sales from 37 True2Form locations, 28 Cars 
Collision locations, and sixteen other new collision repair locations.  Additionally, $13.0 million was added from growth in 
same-store sales, offset by $5.6 million due to a lower U.S. dollar translation rate on sales generated from Boyd Group’s 
U.S.  operations.    Growth  in  same-store  sales  is  an  important  focus  of  our  overall  strategy  and  we  are  committed  to 
operational execution to achieve same-store sales growth. 

Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the fair value adjustments related to the 
exchangeable  share  liability,  unit  option  liability,  non-controlling  interest  put  option,  and  settlement  costs  (“Adjusted 
EBITDA”)1  for  the  full  year  in  2011  totaled  $24.4  million,  or  6.8%  of  sales,  compared with  Adjusted  EBITDA  of  $18.8 
million,  or 7.3%  of  sales  in  the  prior  year.   The 29.8%  increase  in Adjusted  EBITDA was  the result  of  improvements  in 
same-store sales which contributed $3.2 million, combined with $1.4 million of incremental EBITDA contribution from the 
acquisition  of True2Form,  $2.8  million  of EBITDA  contribution  from  the  acquisition  of  Cars  Collision,  and  $0.4 million 
contribution  from  other  new  locations.    Adjusted  EBITDA  was  negatively  impacted  by  changes  in  the  U.S.  dollar  and 
foreign exchange losses in the amount of $0.9 million.  This increase was also offset by the impact of a significant hailstorm 
experienced  in  the  Arizona  market  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010,  which  we  estimate  increased  EBITDA  between  $1.1 
million and $1.3 million in that period. 

Net  earnings  for  the  full  year  of  2011  decreased  to  $2.9  million,  or  $0.262  per  diluted  unit  from  net  earnings  of  $13.5 
million, or $1.249 per diluted unit for the prior year.  The decrease was the result of recording fair value adjustments for 
exchangeable shares in the amount of $1.9 million, unit options in the amount of $0.9 million as well as a non controlling 
interest  put  option  cost  of  $0.2  million  related  to our glass  business,  the recording  of  acquisition  and transaction  costs  of 
$1.9 million, settlement costs of $3.3 million, the accelerated amortization of True2Form and Cars brands of $0.5 million 
and income tax expense of $2.5 million.  Excluding the impact of these adjustments, net earnings would have increased to 
$14.2 million, or 4.0% of sales, compared with adjusted earnings of $11.9 million, or 4.6% of sales in the prior year if the 
same items were adjusted as well as including an additional $1.3 million write down of goodwill.  This increase in adjusted 
net earnings is the result of the contribution of new acquisitions and new location growth as well as increases in same-store 
sales. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  the  Fund  generated  adjusted  distributable  cash  of  $16.0  million  and  declared 
distributions and dividends of $5.0 million, resulting in a payout ratio based on adjusted distributable cash of 31.3% for the 
year.  This compares with a payout ratio of 24.7% a year ago.  During the year, the Board of Trustees of the Fund approved 
an increase in the annual level of distributions to $0.45, accounting for the increase in payout ratio.  As a growth company 

1 EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized measures under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). Management believes that in 
addition to net earnings, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental measures as they provides investors with an indication of operational 
performance. Investors should be cautioned, however, that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as alternatives to net earnings 
determined in accordance with IFRS as an indicator of the Fund’s performance.   

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
offering an attractive payout, our objective continues to be to maintain a conservative distribution policy that will provide us 
with the financial flexibility necessary to support our growth initiatives while gradually increasing distributions over time.  

With respect to our balance sheet, the Fund now holds total debt, net of cash, of $16.9 million, compared with $19.2 million 
at September 30, 2011 and $16.0 million at December 31, 2010.  We now have a cash position, net of bank indebtedness, of 
$18.4 million, compared with $17.0 million as at September 30, 2011 and $9.4 million a year ago.  The decrease in debt and 
increase in cash in the fourth quarter was due to solid operations during the quarter.  The increase in debt during the year 
related  to  our  new  store  growth,  including  Cars  Collision  and  the  increase  in  our  cash  position  during  2011  related  to  a 
bought deal public offering of trust units in September.  This capital raise has served to further strengthen the Fund’s capital 
structure and balance sheet, providing additional flexibility to execute on our growth strategy in the future. 

We  believe  the  trend  of  consolidation  in  the  collision  repair  industry  will  continue,  and  as  such  we  will  look  to  pursue 
attractive opportunities to execute on our plans for expansion through the acquisition of other multi-location businesses as 
well  as  single  collision  repair  locations.    In  2012,  and  for  the  foreseeable  future,  our  goal  for  the  addition  of  new  single 
repair locations will be in the range of 6-10% growth annually.  The nine new locations that we added in 2011 represent 7% 
growth in this respect and the 6-10% growth target will translate into 11-18 new single locations for 2012.  We have also 
undertaken an important initiative to standardize our management information systems across our organization in 2012.  The 
conversion  of  a  collection  of  systems  being  utilized  today  into  one  common  management  system  platform  will  better 
position our business for growth and the integration of future acquisitions, as well as help to increase our operational and 
administrative efficiency.   

In addition to achieving record financial performance and successfully executing our growth strategy to expand our presence 
geographically  in  furtherance  of  our  industry  leadership  position,  we  were  also  pleased  to  see  the  Fund  added  to  the 
S&P/TSX  SmallCap  Index  during  the  year.    Amidst  the  success  we  have  experienced  in  2011,  we  are  focused  on 
transferring our experiences to fuel continued progress and further growth for 2012 and beyond.  We remain positive on the 
long-term dynamics of our industry and feel that the Boyd Group is favourably positioned to benefit through consolidation 
and economies of scale.  Important to the execution of our strategy, we believe that we have an exceptional management 
team, systems, experience, and strong balance sheet to continue to successfully grow our business and drive value for our 
unitholders going forward. 

On  behalf  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Boyd  Group  Income  Fund  and  Boyd  Group  employees,  thank  you  for  your  continued 
support. 

Sincerely, 

(signed)  

Brock Bulbuck 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion & Analysis 

OVERVIEW 

Boyd Group Income Fund (the “Fund”), through its operating company, The Boyd Group Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Boyd” 
or  the  “Company”),  is  the  largest  multi-site  operator  of  automotive  collision  repair  service  centres  in  North  America, 
currently operating 179 locations in the four western Canadian provinces and fourteen U.S. states.  Boyd carries on business 
in Canada under the trade name “Boyd Autobody & Glass” and in the U.S., Boyd operates under the “Gerber Collision & 
Glass”,  “True2Form”  and  “Master  Collision  Repair”  names.  The  Company  operates  its  autoglass  repair  and  replacement 
network  business  with  approximately  3,000  affiliated  service  providers  throughout  the  United  States  under  the  “Gerber 
National Glass Services” name.  The following is a geographic breakdown of the collision repair locations by trade name. 

•  Manitoba (14) 
•  Alberta (12) 
•  British Columbia (11) 
•  Saskatchewan (2) 

  39 
centers 

94 

centers 

• Arizona (12) 
• Illinois (36) 
• Georgia (12) 
• Washington (12) 
• Indiana (8) 
• Colorado (6) 
• Nevada (3) 
• Oklahoma (3) 
• Kansas (1) 
• Florida (1) 

38 

centers 

8 

centers 

• Florida (8) 

  •  North Carolina (17) 
  •  Ohio (9) 
  •  Maryland (7) 
  • Pennsylvania (5) 

Boyd  provides  collision  repair  services  to  insurance  companies,  individual  vehicle  owners,  as  well  as  fleet  and  lease 
customers, with a high percentage of the Company’s revenue being derived from insurance-paid collision repair services.  In 
Canada, government-owned insurers operating in Manitoba, Saskatchewan and British Columbia, dominate the insurance-
paid  collision  repair  markets  in  which  they  operate.    In  the  U.S.  and  Canadian  markets  other  than  Manitoba  and 
Saskatchewan, private insurance carriers compete for consumer policyholders, and in many cases significantly influence the 
choice of collision repairer through Direct Repair Programs (“DRP’s”). 

The Fund’s units trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol TSX: BYD.UN.  The Fund’s consolidated financial 
statements as well as Annual Information Form have been filed on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. 

The following review of the Fund’s operating and financial results for the year ended December 31, 2011, including material 
transactions and events up to and including March 22, 2012, as well as management’s expectations for the year ahead should 
be read in conjunction with the annual audited consolidated financial statements of Boyd Group Income Fund for the year 
ended December 31, 2011 included on pages 48 to 84 of this report. 

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS 

On  April  25,  2011,  as  part  of  a  new  start-up,  the  Company  commenced  operations  in  a  new  collision  repair  facility  in 
Savannah, Georgia. 

On May 1, 2011, the Company acquired the business and assets of McDonough Collision located in McDonough, Georgia. 

On  June  30,  2011,  the  Company  acquired  Cars  Collision  Center  of  Colorado,  LLC  and  Cars  Collision  Center,  LLC 
(together, “Cars”).   Cars was a private company operating 14 locations in Illinois, eight locations in northern Indiana, and 
six locations in Colorado.  It generated sales of approximately US$65 million in the 12 months ended April 30, 2011.  The 
total consideration for the transaction of approximately US$20.5 million was funded with a combination of cash, U.S. senior 
bank  term  debt,  third-party  financing,  and  a  seller  take-back  note.    No  new  equity  was  issued  related  to  the  transaction.  
During the first quarter of 2012, the Company rebranded the Cars locations to the Gerber brand. 

On July 31, 2011, the Company ceased operations in its collision repair facility in South Holland, Illinois. 

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On September 1, 2011, the Company ceased operations in its Edmonton North, Alberta location and commenced operations 
in a new collision repair facility in Edmonton Yellowhead, Alberta. 

On September 16, 2011, the Fund was added to the S&P/TSX SmallCap Index. 

On September 27, 2011 the Fund completed a bought deal public offering where it sold to an underwriting syndicate 1,963,231 
trust units, of which 1,300,000 units were issued out of treasury, 463,231 units were sold by Terry Smith who at the time was 
the  Executive  Chairman  of  the  Fund  and  200,000  units  were  sold  by  Eddie  Cheskis,  an  officer  of  one  of  the  Company’s 
subsidiaries at a gross price of $10.75 per unit.  

On October 1, 2011, the Company acquired the business and assets of Mastercraft Collision located in Richmond, British 
Columbia. 

On October 1, 2011, the Company ceased operations in one of its new Cars collision repair facilities in Northwest Highway, 
Illinois. 

On  October  3,  2011,  as  part  of  a  new  start-up,  the  Company  commenced  operations  in  a  new  collision  repair  facility  in 
Grove City, Ohio. 

On  October  3,  2011,  as  part  of  a  new  start-up,  the  Company  commenced  operations  in  a  new  collision  repair  facility  in 
Seattle, Washington. 

On October  10, 2011,  as part  of  a new  start-up,  the  Company  commenced  operations  in  a  new  collision repair  facility  in 
Everett, Washington. 

During the fourth quarter, the Fund announced the retirement of its Executive Chairman.  The Fund is obligated to continue 
with the payment of the Executive Chairman’s compensation until January 31, 2014.  A full provision for these continuing 
payments were expensed and accrued in the fourth quarter as a $3.3 million settlement cost. 

On December 12, 2011, as part of a new start-up, the Company commenced operations in a new satellite and glass repair and 
replacement facility in Winnipeg, Manitoba. 

On December 30, 2011, as part of a new start-up, the Company commenced operations in a new collision repair facility in 
Kent, Washington 

On  January  3,  2012,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Master  Collision  Repair,  Inc.,  a  multi-location  collision 
repair company operating eight locations in the Florida market.  The transaction was completed for total consideration of 
approximately $11.5 million U.S. to $12.0 million U.S., subject to normal post-closing working capital adjustments, and was 
funded by a combination of cash, trading partner financing, and a seller take-back note.  No new equity was issued related to 
the transaction. 

On  February  17,  2012,  the  Company  acquired  the  business  and  assets  of  Advanced  Collision  Solutions  located  in  Spring 
Grove, Illinois. 

On March 19, 2012, the Company acquired the business and assets of Body Craft Collision Center located in Marysville, 
Washington.   

On March 22, 2012, the Company acquired the business and assets of Leading Edge Collision & Custom Painting located in 
Orlando, Florida. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OUTLOOK 

Boyd demonstrated its further commitment to its growth strategy in 2011 by completing the acquisition of Cars Collision, 
which added 28 new locations across three states. The Company also announced the intention to acquire Master Collision, 
which  added  eight  new  locations  in  Florida  subsequent  to  year-end.    Along  with  this  opportunistic    growth  through  the 
acquisition  of  multi-location  businesses,  Boyd’s  goal  in  2011  was  to  also  add  eight  to  13  new  single  collision  repair 
locations as part of its unit growth strategy.  This goal was accomplished as Boyd added nine new locations representing a 
7%  growth  factor  in  new  locations.    In  2012,  and  for  the  foreseeable  future,  the  continuing  goal  for  the  addition  of  new 
single repair locations will be for new unit growth of 6-10% annually, which will translate into 11-18 new single locations 
for  2012.    Boyd  will  also  continue  to  remain  alert  to  opportunities  for  accelerated  growth  through  the  acquisition  of 
additional multi-location collision repair businesses.   

An important initiative undertaken for 2012 is the standardization of the Company’s management information systems.  The 
conversion of a collection of systems being utilized today into a common management system platform will better position 
our  business  for  growth  and  the  integration  of  future  acquisitions  as  well  as  help  to  increase  our  operational  and 
administrative efficiency.   

The extremely warm winter weather conditions seen in late 2011 and which have continued into 2012, is in contrast to the 
strong  winter  that  helped  drive  results  last  year.    This  undoubtedly  will  have  some  impact  on  the  Company’s  first  and 
perhaps  second  quarter  results  for 2012.   Notwithstanding  the  mild  winter,  the  strength  in  Boyd’s business  model  and  its 
core business is very encouraging as the Company continues to increase market share and expand throughout the U.S. with 
key strategic acquisitions and unit growth.  The focus for 2012 will continue to be to grow revenues, both organically and 
through new locations and acquisitions, while working to enhance margins by increasing efficiency throughout operations.  
The collision repair industry in both the U.S. and Canada remains highly fragmented and offers attractive opportunities for 
industry leaders to build value through focused consolidation and economies of scale. Management believes the Company 
has the management team, systems, experience and the market opportunity, along with a strong balance sheet, to continue to 
successfully  grow  its  business.    In  this  respect,  a  long-term  objective  remains  to  increase  distributions  over  time,  while 
maintaining the financial flexibility to support a growth strategy that will build unitholder value. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT & STRATEGY  

The collision repair industry in North America is estimated by Boyd to represent approximately $30 to 40 billion U.S. in 
annual  revenue.    The  industry  is  highly  fragmented,  consisting  primarily  of  small  independent  family  owned  businesses 
operating in local markets.  It is estimated that car dealerships historically had approximately one-third of the total market.  
This market position has reduced to under 21% in recent years as the auto industry rationalizes the number of dealers in their 
networks.    It  is  believed  that  large  multi-unit  collision  repair  operators  (including  multi-unit  car  dealerships),  have 
approximately 10%-11% of the total market.  

Customer relationship dynamics in the Company’s principal markets differ from region to region.  In three of the Canadian 
provinces  where  Boyd  operates,  government-owned  insurance  companies  have,  by  legislation,  either  exclusive  or  semi-
exclusive rights to provide insurance to automobile owners.  Although Boyd’s services in these markets are predominantly 
paid  for  by  government-owned  insurance  companies,  these  insurers  do  not  typically  refer  insured  automobile  owners  to 
specific  collision  repair  centres.    In  these  markets  Boyd  focuses  its  marketing  to  attract  business  from  individual  vehicle 
owners  primarily  through  consumer  based  advertising.    Boyd  manages  relationships  in  the  government-owned  insurance 
markets through active participation in industry associations. 

In  Alberta,  British  Columbia  and  in  the  United  States,  where  private  insurers  operate,  a  greater  emphasis  is  placed  on 
establishing  and  maintaining  referral  arrangements  and  DRP’s  with  insurance,  fleet  and  lease  companies.    DRP’s  are 
established between insurance companies and collision repair shops to better manage automobile repair claims and increase 
levels of customer satisfaction.  Insurance, fleet and lease companies select collision repair operators to participate in their 
programs based on integrity, convenience and physical appearance of the facility, quality of work, customer service, cost of 
repair, cycle time and other key performance metrics.  There is a trend among major insurers in both the public and private 
insurance  markets  towards  using  performance-based  criteria  for  selecting  collision  repair  partners.    Local  and  regional 
DRP’s,  and  more  recently  national  DRP  relationships,  represent  an  opportunity  for  Boyd  to  increase  its  business  as  the 
percentage  of  insurance  paid  collision  claims  handled  through  DRP’s  continues  to  increase.    Along  with  the  growth  in 
DRP’s, insurers have also moved to consolidate DRP repair volumes with a fewer number of repair shops.  There has also 
been some preference among some insurance carriers to do business with multi-location collision repairers in order to reduce 
the  number  and  complexity  of  contacts  necessary  to  manage  their  networks of  collision  repair providers  and  to achieve  a 
higher  level  of  consistent  performance.    Boyd  continues  to  develop  and  strengthen  its  DRP  relationships  with  insurance 
carriers in both Canada and the United States and believes it is well positioned to take advantage of these trends. 

In addition, Boyd has used consumer based advertising into its Illinois market over the last few years to complement and 
supplement its DRP growth strategies.  The Company believes this strategy is effective in increasing its brand awareness and 
overall sales.  Boyd plans to continue this strategy and expand it into other U.S. markets, as it achieves sufficient critical 
mass in these other markets. 

Boyd  has  continued  to  diversify  and  broaden  its  product  offerings  through  growth  in  the  automobile  glass  repair  and 
replacement business and auto glass network business.   Boyd has expanded its auto glass business in the Province of British 
Columbia and the States of Illinois, Arizona, Nevada, Washington, Georgia, Oklahoma, Maryland, North Carolina, Texas, 
Indiana, Colorado and Florida.  Boyd is also committed to  further growing its Gerber National Glass Services (“GNGS”) 
business,  an  auto  glass  repair  and  replacement  network  business  with  approximately  3,000  affiliated  service  providers 
throughout  the  United  States.    In  order  to  support  these  offerings,  effective  January  1,  2011,  the  Fund  committed  to  an 
agreement  with  a  senior  member  of  its  U.S.  management  team  that  secures  the  necessary  senior  management  leadership 
necessary for the future growth of the Fund’s U.S. glass business.  The Fund continues to control the assets and business 
operations of the U.S. glass business and profit sharing only begins after performance exceeds the historical profitability of 
the business. 

As described further under Business Risks and Uncertainties, operating results are expected to be subject to fluctuations due 
to a variety of factors including changes in customer purchasing patterns, pricing policies, general operating effectiveness, 
general and regional economic downturns and weather conditions.  A negative economic climate has the potential to affect 
results  negatively.    The  Fund  has  worked  to  mitigate  this  risk  by  continuing  to  focus  on  meeting  insurance  companies’ 
performance requirements, and in doing so, grow market share.   

Boyd’s primary strategy is to continue to focus on maximizing its opportunities through a commitment to: 

•  Optimizing returns from existing operations by achieving same store sales growth; 
•  Grow  the  business  by  6%  -  10%  through  the  opening  or  acquiring  of  new  locations  in  addition  to  being  alert  to 

opportunities for accelerated growth through the acquisition of other multi-location businesses. 

•  Expense management through a focus on cost containment and efficiency improvements; and 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Use  of  best  practices,  economies  of  scale  and  infrastructure  and  systems  to  enhance  profitability  and  achieve 

operational excellence;  

BUSINESS STRATEGY 

Expense  
management 

Optimize returns from 
existing operations 

New start-ups 

Expense Management 

Operational 
excellence 

Boyd continues to manage its operating expenses as a percentage of sales.  By working continuously to identify cost savings 
and to achieve same store sales growth, Boyd will continue to manage this expense ratio.  Operating expenses have a high 
fixed component and therefore same store sales growth contributes to a lower percentage of operating expenses to sales. 

Same-Store Sales / Optimize Returns 

Increasing same store sales and running shops at or near capacity has a positive impact on financial performance.  Boyd also 
continues  to  seek  opportunities  to  broaden  its  product  and  service  offerings  in  all  markets  to  help  grow  same  store  sales.  
During the last few years, the Company has focused energy and resources on increasing its share of the automobile glass 
repair and replacement business.   

Operational Excellence 

Operational excellence has been a key component of Boyd’s past success and has contributed to the Company being viewed 
as a best-in-class service provider.  Delivering on our customers’ expectations related to cost of repair, time to repair, quality 
and customer service are critical to being successful and being rewarded with same store sales growth.  We focus on wowing 
every single customer with our quality and service and to be the best. 

In support of this objective, Boyd achieved North America’s first International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9002 
multi-site registration in automotive collision repair in its Canadian operations in 2000.  The ISO 9002 standard establishes 
best practice process and procedures for providing the highest quality in collision repair services.   

Boyd  also  conducts  extensive  customer  satisfaction  polling  at  all  operating  locations  to  assist  in  keeping  customer 
satisfaction at the forefront of its mandate.  

Boyd will also continue to invest in its infrastructure and IT systems to contribute to best-in-class service to its customers 
and improved operational efficiencies. 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Location and Acquisition Growth 

In line with stated growth strategies, Boyd was successful in opening nine new locations in 2011 and eight locations in 2010. 
Boyd believes that it is well positioned to increase this growth plan by adding new locations to grow the business between 
6%  -  10%  in  the  coming  year  and  each  year  in  the  foreseeable  future.    Boyd  also  plans  to  continue  to  be  alert  to 
opportunities for accelerated growth through the acquisition of other multi-location businesses. 

As a critical component of its strategy, Boyd has established relationships with strategic trading partners providing it with 
prepaid rebates which represent available funding for new acquisitions and start-ups and which are forgivable over periods 
up to 2025.     

The  following  table  outlines  the  new  locations  that have been  added  in recent  years  and  their  current  year’s  performance 
summarized by year of acquisition/ start-up. 

New location results 
New Location: 

2006 

Tacoma, WA 
Renton, WA 
Scottsdale, AZ 

2007 

Glenview, IL 
Tempe, AZ 

2008 

Lacey, WA 
Las Vegas, NV 
Calgary, AB 

2009  

Scurfield, MB  
Mesa, AZ  
Glendale, AZ  
Anthem, AZ  
Tucson, AZ (4 locations)  
Rome  
2010 *** 

Cartersville, GA  
Tulsa, OK  
Evanston, IL  
Las Vegas, NV  
Buckhead, GA  
Roswell, GA  
Bellingham, WA 
Yuma, AZ 
2011 – 1st half *** 

Savannah, GA ** 
McDonough, GA ** 

2011 – 2nd half 

Richmond, BC ** 
Edmonton North, AB ** 
Grove City, OH ** 
Seattle, WA ** 
Everett, WA  ** 
Winnipeg, MB **** 
Kent, WA  **** 

Sales (C$) * 

EBITDA (C$) * 

EBITDA Margin (%) 

$10,058,000 

$1,422,000 

$8,883,000 

$1,533,000 

14.1% 

17.3% 

$8,023,000 

$786,000 

9.8% 

$13,398,000 

$757,000 

5.7% 

$11,142,000 

$439,000 

3.9% 

$4,785,000 

$175,000 

3.7% 

$6,865,000 

$(435,000) 

(6.3)% 

Combined 
Average per store 
* Annualized based last twelve months results   
** Annualized based on actual results for 2011 excluding the start-up period 
*** Excludes the results for True2Form and Cars as these were strategic acquisitions outside the scope of this growth plan 
**** Excludes the results of these locations as they were added at the end of the reporting period 

$63,154,000 
$1,974,000 

$4,677,000 
$146,000 

7.4% 
7.4% 

During 2011, there were two locations that began operations mid-year, while the remaining new locations were added late in 
the second half of the year.  Similarly in 2010, the majority of the shops were added in the second half of that year and still 
in process of ramping up. Typically, there is a start up period in which new locations are integrated into Boyd’s business and 
in which sales levels are ramped up.  The table clearly shows the financial impact of the locations still in their integration 
and ramp up phase. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

Statements made in this annual report, other than those concerning historical financial information, may be forward-looking 
and therefore subject to various risks and uncertainties. Some forward-looking statements may be identified by words like 
“may”,  “will”,  “anticipate”,  “estimate”,  “expect”,  “intend”,  or  “continue”  or  the  negative  thereof  or  similar  variations. 
Readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  such  statements,  as  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those 
expressed or implied in such statements.  

The following table outlines forward-looking information included in this MD&A:  

Forward-looking 
Information 
The stated objective of adding new 
locations to grow the business 6% - 
10% per year for the foreseeable 
future 

The  Fund  will  continue  to  work  to 
maintain  same  store  sales  growth 
and  improve  gross  margins  and 
EBITDA margins 

Key Assumptions 

Most Relevant Risk Factors 

Opportunities continue to be available 
and are at attractive prices 

Acquisition market conditions change and repair shop owner 
demographic trends change 

Financing options continue to be 
available at reasonable rates and on 
acceptable terms and conditions 

New and existing customer 
relationships are expected to provide 
acceptable levels of revenue 
opportunities 

Credit and refinancing conditions prevent or restrict the 
ability of the Company to continue growth strategies 

Changes in market conditions and operating environment 

Significant declines in the number of insurance claims 

Integration of new stores is not accomplished as planned 

Anticipated operating results would be 
accretive to overall Company results 

Increased competition which prevents achievement of 
acquisition and revenue goals 

Continued improvement in economic 
conditions and employment rates  

Poor economic conditions 

Loss of one or more key customers 

Pricing in the industry remains stable 

The Company‘s customer and supplier 
relationships provide it with 
competitive advantages to increase 
sales over time 

Market share growth will more than 
offset systemic changes in the industry 
and environment 

Significant declines in the number of insurance claims 

Inability of the Company to pass cost increases to customers 
over time 

Increased competition which may prevent achievement of 
revenue goals 

Changes in market conditions and operating environment 

Able to maintain/reduce costs as a 
percentage of sales 

Changes in energy costs 

Changes in weather conditions  

Stated  objective 
increase distributions over time 

to  gradually 

Growing profitability of the Company 
and its subsidiaries 

Inability to effectively manage costs over time 

The Fund is dependent upon the operating results of the 
Company and its ability to pay interest and dividends to the 
Fund 

The continued and increasing ability 
of the Company to generate cash 
available for distribution 

Balance sheet strength & flexibility is 
maintained and the distribution level 
is manageable taking into 
consideration bank covenants, growth 
requirements and maintaining a 
distribution level that is supportable 
over time 

No change in the Fund’s structure 

Cars maintain or improve sales and 
margin levels  

Economic conditions deteriorate 

Changes in weather conditions 

Decline in the number of insurance claims 

Loss of one or more key customers 

Changes in government regulation  

Loss of one or more key customers 

Extend the benefits of Boyd’s 
purchasing power to the True2Form/Cars 
operations  

Inability to extend Boyd’s purchasing power to the Cars 
operations  

Identified synergies are successfully 

A planned synergy is not implemented or there are no cost 
savings upon implementing a planned synergy 

11

Expect Cars acquisition to achieve 
5%-6% EBITDA margin in the first 
full year 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
implemented 

Integration of Cars into the Boyd 
business model in a timely manner 

Failure to integrate effectively in a timely manner 

We caution that the foregoing table contains what the Fund believes are the material forward looking statements and is not 
exhaustive.  Therefore when relying on forward-looking statements, investors and others should refer to the “Risk Factors” 
section  of  the  Fund’s  Annual  Information  Form,  the  “Business  Risks  and  Uncertainties”  and  other  sections  of  our 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis and our other periodic filings with Canadian securities regulatory authorities. All 
forward-looking statements presented herein should be considered in conjunction with such filings.  

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES 

EBITDA AND ADJUSTED EBITDA 
Earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (“EBITDA”)  is  not  a  calculation  defined  in  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). EBITDA should not be considered an alternative to net earnings in measuring the 
performance  of  the  Fund,  nor  should  it  be  used  as  an  exclusive  measure  of  cash  flow.  The  Fund  reports  EBITDA  and 
Adjusted EBITDA because it is a key measure that management uses to evaluate performance of the business and to reward 
its  employees.  EBITDA  is  also  a  concept  utilized  in  measuring  compliance  with  debt  covenants.  EBITDA  and  Adjusted 
EBITDA  are  measures  commonly  reported  and  widely  used  by  investors  and  lending  institutions  as  an  indicator  of  a 
company’s operating performance and ability to incur and service debt, and as a valuation metric. While EBITDA is used to 
assist in evaluating the operating performance and debt servicing ability of the Fund, investors are cautioned that EBITDA 
and  Adjusted  EBITDA  as  reported  by  the  Fund  may  not  be  comparable  in  all  instances  to  EBITDA  as  reported  by  other 
companies.  

The CICA’s Canadian Performance Reporting Board defined standardized EBITDA to foster comparability of the measure 
between entities. Standardized EBITDA represents an indication of an entity’s capacity to generate income from operations 
before taking into account management’s financing decisions and costs of consuming tangible and intangible capital assets, 
which  vary  according  to  their  vintage,  technological  age  and  management’s  estimate  of  their  useful  life.  Accordingly, 
Standardized  EBITDA  comprises  sales  less  operating  costs  before  interest  expense,  capital  asset  amortization  and 
impairment charges, and income taxes.  Adjusted EBITDA is calculated to exclude items of an unusual nature that do not 
reflect normal or ongoing operations of the Fund and which should not be considered in a valuation metric or should not be 
included  in  assessment  of  ability  to  service  or  incur  debt.  Included  in  this  category  of  adjustments  are  the  fair  value 
adjustments  to  exchangeable  shares  and  the  fair  value  adjustment  to  unit  options.    Both  of  these  items  will  ultimately  be 
settled with units of the Fund and are not expected to have any cash impact on the Fund.  Also included as an adjustment to 
EBITDA are acquisition and transaction costs which do not relate to the current operating performance of the business units 
but  are  typically  costs  incurred  to  expand  operations.    From  time  to  time,  the  Fund  may  make  other  adjustments  to  its 
Adjusted EBITDA for items that are not expected to recur. 

The following is a reconciliation of the Fund’s net earnings to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA: 

Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation to Net Earnings (000’s) 

2011 

2010 

Three months ended December 31, 

Year ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

Net earnings  
Add: 

Finance costs (net of income) 
Income tax expense 
Depreciation 
Amortization of other intangible assets 

Standardized EBITDA 

Add (deduct): 

Fair value adjustment to exchangeable shares 
Fair value adjustment to unit options 
Acquisition and transaction costs 
Settlement cost 
Non controlling interest put option 
Write down of goodwill 

Adjusted EBITDA 

      $  (2,070) 

      $    7,949 

      $    2,950 

    $  13,473 

               542 
               708 
            2,032 
            1,079 
      $    2,291 

               409 
           (6,701) 
            1,232 
               486 
      $    3,375 

            2,017 
            2,455 
            6,279 
            2,409 
      $  16,110 

          1,438 
         (6,635) 
          4,143 
          1,299 
    $  13,718 

            1,501 
               277 
               588 
               - 
               - 
            1,262 
      $    7,003 

            1,910 
               919 
            1,947 
            3,278 
               215 
               - 
      $  24,379 

         2,067 
            384 
         1,352 
             - 
             - 
         1,262 
    $ 18,783 

               964 
               558 
               336 
            3,278 
               215 
               - 
      $    7,642 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADJUSTED NET EARNINGS 
In addition to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, the Fund believes that certain users of financial statements are interested in 
understanding net earnings excluding certain fair value adjustments and other infrequent adjustments.  This can assist these 
users in comparing current results to historical results that did not include such items.  The following is a reconciliation of 
the Fund’s net earnings to adjusted net earnings: 

Adjusted Net Earnings Reconciliation to Net Earnings (000’s) 

2011 

2010 

Three months ended December 31, 

Year ended December 31, 
2010 
2011 

Net earnings  
Add (deduct): 

      $  (2,070) 

      $    7,949 

      $    2,950 

  $   13,473 

Fair value adjustment to exchangeable shares 
Fair value adjustment to unit options 
Acquisition and transaction costs 
Income tax expense 
Settlement cost 
Non controlling interest put option 
Accelerated amortization of True2Form and Cars brands 
Write down of goodwill 

Adjusted net earnings 

               964 
               558 
               336 
               708 
            3,278 
               215 
               486 
               - 
      $    4,475 

            1,501 
               277 
               588 
           (6,701) 
               - 
               - 
               - 
            1,262 
      $    4,876 

            1,910 
               919 
            1,947 
            2,455 
            3,278 
               215 
               486 
              - 
      $  14,160 

         2,067 
            384 
         1,352 
        (6,635) 
            - 
            - 
            - 
         1,262 
  $   11,903 

Weighted average number of units outstanding 
Adjusted net earnings per unit 

        12,527,711 
          $  0.357 

        10,781,698 
          $  0.452 

        11,275,971 
          $  1.256 

      10,780,499 
       $  1.104 

Units and class A shares outstanding 
Adjusted net earnings per unit and class A share 

         12,927,060 
         $  0.346 

        11,627,081 
          $  0.419 

        11,675,320 
          $  1.213 

      11,625,882 
       $  1.024 

SELECTED ANNUAL INFORMATION 

The following table summarizes selected financial information for the Fund over the prior three years: 

($000’s, except per unit figures)

Sales

Net Earnings
Basic earnings per unit
Diluted earnings per unit

Total assets
Total long-term financial liabilities

Cash distributions per unit declared:
     Trust unit distributions

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

IFRS

IFRS

December 31,
2009
Previous
GAAP

356,966 

257,009 

224,900 

2,950 
0.262 
0.262 

149,595 
38,980 

13,473 
1.250 
1.249 

108,820 
29,114 

0.425

0.326

8,882 
0.756 
0.747 

77,535 
19,742 

0.266  

The acquisition of Cars and the addition of nine other locations in 2011 in combination with the acquisition of True2Form 
and the addition of eight other locations during 2010 had the largest impact on growing sales from 2009 to present.  Cars 
was a private company operating 14 locations in Illinois, eight locations in northern Indiana, and six locations in Colorado.  
It generated sales of approximately US$65 million in the 12 months ended April 30, 2011 and contributed approximately 
$34.0 million in sales over the six months it was combined with the Fund.  True2Form which was acquired on July 31, 2010 
was a private company operating 37 locations in four U.S. states; 17 locations in North Carolina, eight locations in Ohio, 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
seven locations in Maryland and five locations in Pennsylvania. True2Form reported revenues of approximately $81 million 
in the 12 months ended December 31, 2011.    

The decrease in net earnings for 2011 was impacted by recording fair value adjustments for exchangeable shares and unit 
options of $2.8 million, as well as the recording of acquisition and transaction costs of $1.9 million and settlement cost of 
$3.3  million  related  to  the  retirement  of  a  senior  executive.   2010  was  significantly  impacted  by  the determination  in  the 
fourth quarter to record loss carryforwards and other future tax assets resulting in the recording of a future tax recovery of 
$6.7  million  during  the  period.    This  determination  was  based  on  the  Fund’s  assessment  that  it  is  now  expecting  to  fully 
utilize  its  non-capital  tax  loss  carryforwards  in  the  future.    The  increase  also  reflects  the  addition  of  True2Form, 
improvement  in  gross  margin  percentage  and  the  benefit  of  a  significant  hail  storm  experienced  in  the  Arizona  market.  
Negatively  impacting 2010  net  earnings was  the  decision  to  write  down  $1.3  million  in  goodwill  related  to  an  individual 
glass business in B.C.     

The change in total assets and total long-term financial liabilities in 2011 and 2010 was significantly impacted by the 2010 
acquisition of True2Form and the 2011 acquisition of Cars.  In addition to these changes, fluctuations in total assets have 
primarily related to increases in property, plant and equipment as a result of new location growth as well as a growing cash 
balance from operating performance.  Cash has also significantly improved as a result of completing a bought deal public 
offering that resulted in net after tax proceeds to the Fund of $12.7 million.  Long term financial liabilities have increased 
primarily  due to new  debt  that  was drawn as  part of  the True2Form  and  Cars  acquisitions.   Additional growth  in finance 
leases  and  the  recognition  of  class  A  exchangeable  shares  and  unit  options  as  financial  liabilities  under  IFRS  has  also 
contributed to the growth in long term financial liabilities.   

Since  the  Fund  reinstated  monthly distributions  at  the  end  of  2007,  the  Fund  has  increased  monthly  distributions  to 
unitholders  and  BGHI  has  increased  dividends  to  its  Class  A  shareholders  such  that  as  of  March  22,  2012  the 
distribution/dividend rate is $0.0375 per month or $0.45 on an annualized basis. 

BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 

Boyd Group Income Fund (the “Fund”), is an unincorporated, open-ended mutual fund trust.  The Fund owns 100% of the 
Class I common shares and subordinated notes (the “Notes”) issued by the Company.  Distributions to unitholders, when 
paid by the Fund, are funded from a combination of interest income earned on the Notes and from dividends on the Class I 
common share investment or as a return of capital on Notes.  As a result of the restructuring announced in December 2010, 
the original Notes issued by the Company were repaid and new notes were issued by a U.S. subsidiary of the Company, The 
Boyd Group U.S. Inc. (the “New Notes”).  The Class I common shares held by the Fund currently, through March 22, 2012, 
represent 85.9% of the total common shares of the Company.   

Boyd  Group  Holdings  Inc.  (“BGHI”)  owns  100%  of  the  Class  II  common  shares  issued  by  the  Company.    The  Class  II 
common  shares  currently,  through  March  22,  2012,  represent  14.1%  of  the  common  shares  of  the  Company.    The  share 
structure of BGHI at March 22, 2012, consists of 100 million Voting shares, 399,349 Class A common shares and 1,663,514 
Class B common shares.  The Fund, through the ownership of 70 million or 70% of the Voting shares, has voting control of 
BGHI.  The remaining 30% is held directly or indirectly by a senior officer of the Fund.  Of the 399,349 Class A common 
shares, 207,329 are also held directly or indirectly by a senior officer of the Fund with the remaining shares being held by 
external  third  parties.    The  Class  B  common  shares  are  all  held  by  Boyd  and  are  issued  only  upon  exchange  of  Class  A 
common  shares  for  units  of  the  Fund.    Although  the  Fund  has  voting  control  it  did  not  and  continues  not  to  have  any 
significant economic interest in the activities of BGHI.  All dividends received by BGHI from Boyd on the Class II common 
shares are passed on as dividends to Class A and B common shareholders of BGHI.  

The Fund also holds 12,450 Class IV non-voting, redeemable, retractable preferred shares of the Company issued as a result 
of an internal restructuring in 2007 as well as the bought deal public offering completed on September 27, 2011.   

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Fund,  BGHI  and  their  subsidiaries  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles and contain the consolidated financial position, results of operations and 
cash flows of the Fund, BGHI and the Company and the Company’s subsidiary companies for the period ended December 
31, 2011.  In 2010, the CICA Handbook was revised to incorporate International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), and 
require  publicly  accountable  enterprises  to  apply  such  standards  effective  for  years  beginning  on  or  after  January  1,  2011. 
Accordingly, these are the Fund’s first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by 
the IASB. In these financial statements, the term “Canadian GAAP” refers to Canadian GAAP before the adoption of IFRS. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Distributable Cash  

Boyd endeavors to ensure transparency and consistency in the calculation of distributable cash and follows the guidelines 
suggested by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA”) released, in July 2007, Standardized Distributable 
Cash in Income Trusts and Other Flow-Through Entities to complement the Canadian Securities Administrators (“CSA”) 
National Policy 41-201 which was also revised in July 2007.  The Fund has endeavoured to follow the CICA guidance as 
well as CSA National Policy 41-201.  

Distributions to unitholders and dividends to the BGHI shareholders were declared and paid as follows: 

Record date 

Payment date 

Distribution 
per unit/share 

    Distribution 
       amount 

     Dividend       
       amount 

January 31, 2010 
February 28, 2010 
March 31, 2010 
April 30, 2010 
May 31, 2010 
June 30, 2010 
July 31, 2010 
August 31, 2010 
September 30, 2010 
October 31, 2010 
November 30, 2010 
December 31, 2010 

February 24, 2010 
March 29, 2010 
April 28, 2010 
May 27, 2010 
June 28, 2010 
July 28, 2010 
August 27, 2010 
September 28, 2010 
October 27, 2010 
November 26, 2010 
December 23, 2010 
January 27, 2011 

  $  0.025 
      0.025 
      0.025 
      0.02625 
      0.02625 
      0.0275 
      0.0275 
      0.0275 
      0.02875 
      0.02875 
      0.02875 
      0.03 

 $   0.32625 

$         269,368 
           269,498 
           269,500 
           282,987 
           282,986 
           296,486 
           296,486 
           296,487 
           309,966 
           309,966 
           309,970 
           323,463 

$       21,319 
         21,189 
         21,187 
         22,235 
         22,234 
         23,269 
         23,269 
         23,270 
         24,324 
         24,324 
         24,323 
         25,361 

$      3,517,163 

$     276,304 

Record date 

Payment date 

Distribution 
per unit/share 

    Distribution 
       amount 

     Dividend       
       amount 

January 31, 2011 
February 28, 2011 
March 31, 2011 
April 30, 2011 
May 31, 2011 
June 30, 2011 
July 31, 2011 
August 31, 2011 
September 30, 2011 
October 31, 2011 
November 30, 2011 
December 31, 2011 

February 24, 2011 
March 29, 2011 
April 27, 2011 
May 27, 2011 
June 28, 2011 
July 27, 2011 
August 29, 2011 
September 28, 2011 
October 27, 2011 
November 28, 2011 
December 22, 2011 
January 27, 2012 

$    0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.0375 
      0.0375 

 $   0.425 

$         377,391 
           377,397 
           377,397 
           377,413 
           377,817 
           377,823 
           377,918 
           377,972 
           438,428 
           438,448 
           469,797 
           469,805 

$       29,572 
         29,565 
         29,565 
         29,548 
         29,144 
         29,139 
         29,044 
         28,990 
         14,033 
         14,015 
         14,983 
         14,975 

$      4,837,606 

$     292,573 

Maintaining Productive Capacity  

Productive capacity is defined by Boyd as the maintenance of the Company’s facilities, equipment, signage, courtesy cars, 
systems, brand names and infrastructure.  Although most of Boyd’s repair facilities are leased, funds are required to ensure 
facilities are properly repaired and maintained to ensure the Company’s physical appearance communicates Boyd’s standard 
of  professional  service  and  quality.    The  Company’s  need  to  maintain  its  facilities  and  upgrade  or  replace  equipment, 
signage, systems and courtesy car fleets forms part of the annual cash requirements of the business.  The Company manages 
these expenditures by annually reviewing and determining its capital budget needs and then authorizing major expenditures 
throughout the year based upon individual business cases.  The Company budgets and manages its cash capital expenditures 
up to approximately 0.8% of sales. 

Although maintenance capital expenditures may remain within budget on an annual basis, the timing of these expenditures 
often varies significantly from quarter to quarter.   

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition  to  normal  maintenance  capital  expenditures,  the  Company  rebranded  its  Cars  locations  in  the  final  quarter  of 
2011 and is also in the process of rebranding its True2Form and Master locations as well as enhancing its company-wide 
technology infrastructure.  This technology infrastructure includes computer hardware, software, management information 
systems  and  the  methods  by  which  information  will  be  captured,  stored  and  communicated.    The  Company  believes  that 
expenditures  in  these  areas  over  the  next  one  to  two  years  may  utilize  $2.0  -  $3.0  million  of  cash  resources  in  excess  of 
normal budget levels.   

In  many  circumstances,  large  equipment  expenditures  including  automobiles,  shop  equipment  and  computers  can  be 
financed using either operating or capital leases.  Maintenance capital expenditures as well as the repayment of operating 
and capital leases, including the interest thereon, form part of the distributable cash calculations.   

Non-recurring and Other Adjustments 

Non-recurring and other adjustments may include, but are not limited to, post closure environmental liabilities, restructuring 
costs, acquisition search and transaction costs and repayment of prepaid rebates that are not refinanced.  Management is not 
currently  aware  of  any  environmental  remediation  requirements  or  prepaid  rebate  repayment  requirements.    Acquisition 
costs are added back to distributable cash as they occur. 

Debt Management 

In addition to capital lease obligations arranged to finance growth and maintenance expenditures on property and equipment, 
the Company has historically utilized long-term debt to finance the expansion of its business, usually through the acquisition 
and start-up of collision and glass repair and replacement businesses.  Repayments of this debt have, in part, been refinanced 
by replacement facilities or by drawing on the Company’s operating line and therefore do not form part of distributable cash 
calculations.    Boyd’s  bank  facilities  include  restrictive  covenants,  which  could  limit  the  Fund’s  ability  to  distribute  cash.  
These  covenants,  based  upon  current  financial  results,  would  not  prevent  the  Fund  from  paying  future  distributions  at 
conservative  and  sustainable  levels.    These  covenants  will  continue  to  be  monitored  in  conjunction  with  any  future 
anticipated distributions. 

The following is a standardized and adjusted distributable cash calculation for 2011 and 2010.   

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Standardized and Adjusted Distributable Cash (1) 

Cash flow from operating activities before changes in non-cash working
capital items

Changes in non-cash working capital items

Cash flows from operating activities
Less adjustment for:

   Sustaining expenditures on plant and equipment (2)
   Sustaining expenditures on software (2)

Years Ended December 31

     2011

     2010

$       

17,281,613

$          

14,789,511

(945,228)

16,336,385

1,003,492

15,793,003

(1,669,428)

(1,398,952)

(213,982)

(339,875)

Standardized distributable cash

$       

14,452,975

$          

14,054,176

Standardized distributable cash per average unit and Class A common
share

      Per average unit and Class A common share
      Per diluted unit and Class A common share

Standardized distributable cash from above
Add (deduct) adjustments for:
   Collection of rebates (3)
   Acquisition searches and transaction costs (4)
   Proceeds of sale of equipment
   Principal repayments of capital leases (5)

$                
$                

1.238
1.238

$                   
$                   

1.209
1.186

$       

14,452,975

$          

14,054,176

1,678,901

1,947,404
96,632
(2,207,990)

1,242,614

1,352,100
70,504
(1,607,349)

Adjusted distributable cash

$       

15,967,922

$          

15,112,045

Adjusted distributable cash per average unit and Class A common share

      Per average unit and Class A common share
      Per diluted unit and Class A common share

$                
$                

1.368
1.368

$                   
$                   

1.300
1.275

Distributions paid
     Unitholders
     Class A common shareholders

     Total distributions paid

Distributions paid
     Per Unit
     Per Class A common share

Payout ratio based on standardized distributable cash

Payout ratio based on adjusted distributable cash

$         

4,691,264
302,959

$            

3,463,090
272,340

$         

4,994,223

$            

3,735,430

$              
$              

0.4175
0.4175

$                 
$                 

0.3213
0.3213

34.6%

31.3%

26.6%

24.7%

(1)  Standardized  and  adjusted  distributable  cash  are  not  recognized  measures  and  do  not  have  a  standardized  meaning  under 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).  Management believes that in addition to net earnings, standardized and 
adjusted distributable cash are useful supplemental measures as they provide investors with an indication of cash available for 
distribution.  Investors should be cautioned however, that standardized and adjusted distributable cash should not be construed 
as an alternative to net earnings and cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS as an indicator of the Fund’s performance.  
Boyd’s method of calculating adjusted distributable cash may differ from other companies and income trusts and, accordingly, 
may not be comparable to similar measures used by other companies. 

17

 
 
 
            
              
         
            
         
            
            
               
           
              
           
              
                
                   
         
            
              
                 
 
 
 
 
 
(2)  Sustaining  expenditures  on  plant  and  equipment,  information  technology  hardware  and  computer  software  excluding  capital 
expenditures associated with acquisition and development activities.  In addition to the maintenance capital expenditures paid 
with cash, during 2011 the Company acquired a further $1,798,000 (2010 - $253,000) in capital assets which were financed 
through capital leases and did not affect cash flows in the current period.   

(3)  The Company receives prepaid rebates, under its trading partner arrangements, in equal quarterly instalments of $237,500 U.S. 
for a period of six years ending January 31, 2012.  Beginning on August 31, 2010 the Company began receiving additional 
prepaid rebates in quarterly instalments of $125,000 U.S. for a period of six years ending May 31, 2016 and beginning August 
31, 2011 the Company began receiving additional prepaid rebates in quarterly instalments of $120,000 U.S. for a period of six 
years ending May 31, 2017. 

(4)  The  Company  has  added  back  to  distributable  cash  the  costs  expensed  to  perform  acquisition  searches  and  to  complete 

transactions. 

(5)  Repayments  of  these  leases  represent  additional  cash  requirements  to  support  the  productive  capacity  of  the  Company  and 

therefore have been deducted when calculating adjusted distributed cash. 

Distributions  

The Fund and BGHI make monthly distributions, in accordance with their distribution policies, to unitholders of the Fund 
and dividends to Class A common shareholders of BGHI of record on the last day of each month, payable on or about the 
last business day of the following month. The amount of cash distributed by the Fund is equal to the pro rata share of interest 
or principal repayments received on the New Notes and distributions received on or in respect of the Class I common shares 
of the Company held by the Fund, after deducting expenses of the Fund and any cash redemptions of the Fund during the 
period.  The amount of cash distributed by BGHI is equal to the pro rata share of dividends received on or in respect of the 
Class II common shares of the Company held by BGHI, after deducting expenses of BGHI. All dividends paid or allocated 
to unitholders of the Fund or Class A shareholders of BGHI are considered to be eligible dividends for Canadian income tax 
purposes. 

During 2011, the Fund declared distributions totaling $4.8 million (2010 - $3.5 million) while BGHI declared dividends to 
Class A common shareholders during this same period of $293 thousand (2010 - $276 thousand).   

Distributable  cash  is  a non-GAAP  measure that  provides  an  indication  of  the  Fund’s  ability  to  sustain  distributions while 
maintaining  productive  capacity.    In  addition  to  comparing  distributable  cash  to  its  nearest  GAAP  measure,  cash  flow 
provided by operating activities, a comparison can be made to earnings.  The following table compares cash distributions 
paid to each of cash flow provided by operating activities, earnings and adjusted distributable cash. 

2011

IFRS

2010

IFRS

2009 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

2008 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

2007 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

2006 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

2005 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

2004 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

2003 
Previous
GAAP

(1)

Cash flow provided by operating activities

16,336

15,793

14,531

13,794

Earnings

2,950 (4)

13,473 (3)

8,882

4,503

Adjusted distributable cash 

15,968

15,112

12,626

11,074

Net distributable cash paid

4,994

3,735

3,087

2,429

6,527

3,436

5,940

157

3,454

6,715

(21,909) (2)

1,051

2,903

-

6,270

4,597

7,835

1,679

7,088

4,702

5,992

1,480

6,424

3,639

Excess of cash provided by operating 
activities over cash distributions paid

Excess (deficiency) of earnings over cash 
distributions paid

Excess of adjusted distributable cash over cash 
distributions paid

11,342

12,058

11,444

11,365

6,370

3,454

2,118

3,133

2,353

(2,044)

9,738

5,795

2,074

3,279

(21,909)

(3,546)

(3,023)

(2,159)

10,974

11,377

9,539

8,645

5,783

2,903

1,673

2,386

2,785

 (1)    Comparative amounts for the years 2003 to 2009 represent the most recently published results for those years and have not been restated  to conform with the
             presentation of the current year.
 (2)   2006 earnings includes a $20.2 million non-cash write down of goodwill
 (3)   2010 earnings includes a $5.2 million non-cash income tax recovery related to the recognition of its tax loss carryforwards and other future tax assets as well as
            a $1.1 million non-cash write down of goodwill
 (4)   2011 earnings includes a $3.3 million settlement expense and $2.8 million of fair value adjustments related to unit options and exchangeable shares

18

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
 
Cash used to reduce indebtedness and support growth coupled with lower earnings made it difficult to sustain distribution 
levels  paid  between 2003  and  2005.   Distributions were  suspended  at  the  end of  2005  and not  reinstated  until  the  end of 
2007 as cash flows, earnings and distributable cash levels strengthened.  Since 2007 there has been significant improvement 
in  cash  flow  provided  by  operating  activities,  earnings  and  adjusted  distributable  cash,  which  has  permitted  the  Fund  to 
steadily  increase  its  cash  distributions  since  they  were  reinstated  at  the  end  of  2007.    The  Fund’s  distribution  level  is 
currently  well  below  cash  flow  provided  by  operating  activities  and  adjusted  distributable  cash.    Excess  funds  have  been 
used to grow the business and strengthen the balance sheet.  A continuation of this trend would permit the Fund to continue 
to increase distributions over time while maintaining a strong balance sheet and executing its growth strategy.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

($000’s, except per unit figures)

Total Sales
Same Store Sales (excluding foreign exchange)
Sales - Canada
Same Store Sales - Canada
Sales - U.S.
Same Store Sales - U.S. (excluding foreign exchange)
Gross Margin %
Operating Expense %
Adjusted EBITDA
Depreciation and Amortization
Finance Costs
Fair Value Adjustments to Exchangeable Shares and Unit Options
Income Tax Expense

December 31,
2011
356,966 
229,390 
75,410 
72,785 
281,556 
156,605 
44.9%
38.0%
24,379 
8,688 
2,036 
2,829 
2,455 

%
change

December 31,
2010

38.9%
6.0%
4.6%
4.1%
52.2%
6.9%
(0.9%)
0.0%
29.8%
59.7%
40.5%
15.4%
n/a

257,009 
216,405 
72,068 
69,895 
184,941 
146,510 
45.3%
38.0%
18,783 
5,441 
1,449 
2,451 
(6,635)

13,473 
1.250 
1.249 

Net Earnings
Basic earnings per unit
Diluted earnings per unit

2,950 
0.262 
0.262 

(78.1%)
(79.0%)
(79.0%)

Standardized Distributable Cash
Adjusted Distributable Cash
Distributions Paid
Total same-store sales increased 8.0% and U.S. same-store sales increased 9.9% excluding the significant hail experienced in the fourth quarter of 2010. 

14,453 
15,968 
4,994 

2.8%
5.7%
33.7%

14,054 
15,112 
3,735 

Performance of CARS 

In the first six months of operations, the Cars locations delivered sales of $34.0 million.  This compares to $32.5 million 
delivered for the same period in the prior year and represents an increase in same store sales of 7.7%.  EBITDA1 contributed 
by Cars from July to December was $2.8 million, or 8.2% of sales. 

Sales  

Sales totalled $357.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $100.0 million or 38.9% compared to the 
same period in 2010.  The increase in sales was the result of the following: 

•  During  2011,  $94.1  million  of  sales  were  generated  from  sixteen  new  single  locations  as  well  as  37  True2Form 

locations and 28 Cars Collision locations. 

•  Same-store sales increased $13.0 million or 6.0% excluding foreign exchange, but decreased $5.6 million due to the 
translation of same-store sales at a lower U.S. dollar exchange rate.  Sales in 2010 benefitted from the impact of a 
significant hail storm in the Arizona market during the fourth quarter that contributed approximately $3.9 million in 
sales.  Excluding these sales from 2010, same-store sales increased 8.0%. 

•  Sales were affected by the closure of two under-performing facilities which decreased sales by $1.5 million. 

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Same-store sales are calculated by including sales for stores that have been in operation for the full comparative period.   

Sales by Geographic Region (000’s) 
Year Ended December 31, 

Canada 
United States 

Total 

Canada - % of total 
United States - % of total 

             2011 

             2010 

        $      75,410 
              281,556 

      $      72,068 
            184,941  

        $    356,966 

       $   257,009  

21.1% 
78.9% 

28.0% 
72.0% 

Sales in Canada for 2011 totaled $75.4 million, an increase of $3.3 million or 4.6%.  Sales increases in Canada were due to 
same-store sales increases of $2.9 million or 4.1%.  Sales of a further $1.1 million were generated from three new locations 
in Edmonton, Alberta; Richmond, B.C.; and Winnipeg, Manitoba, but were offset by a sales decrease of $0.7 million from a 
location closure. 

Sales in the U.S. totalled $281.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase from 2010 of $96.7 million or 
52.2% when compared to $184.9 million for the prior year.  Sales increases in the U.S. were comprised of:   

• 

• 

$11.6 million of sales were generated from new locations in Cartersville, Georgia; Owasso, Oklahoma; Evanston, 
Illinois;  Las  Vegas,  Nevada;  two  new  locations  in  the  Atlanta,  Georgia  area;  Bellingham,  Washington;  Yuma, 
Arizona;  Savannah,  Georgia;  McDonough,  Georgia;  Everett,  Washington;  Seattle,  Washington  and  Grove  City, 
Ohio.   
$81.1 million of sales were generated from 37 True2Form locations, compared to $33.7 million of sales generated 
from August to December of 2010. True2Form achieved a same-store sales increase of 5.3% compared to its twelve 
month period ended December 30, 2010. 
$34.0 million of sales were generated from 28 Cars Collision locations. 

• 
•  Same-store sales increased $10.1 million or 6.9% excluding foreign exchange, but decreased $5.6 million due to the 
translation of same-store sales at a lower U.S. dollar exchange rate.  Sales in 2010 benefitted from the impact of a 
significant hail storm in the Arizona market during the fourth quarter that contributed approximately $3.9 million in 
sales.  Excluding these sales from 2010, same-store sales increased 9.9%. 

•  Sales were affected by the closure of an under-performing facility which decreased sales by $0.8 million. 

Gross Margin 

Gross Margin was $160.1 million or 44.9% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $116.4 million or 
45.3% of sales for the same period in 2010.  Gross margin dollars increased $43.7 million due to additional sales from the 
True2Form and Cars acquisitions, new start-ups as well as other same store sales increases.  The gross margin percentage 
decreased due to the inclusion of lower margins in the True2Form and Cars businesses.  Paint and material margins were 
also  lower  due  the  continuing  integration  of  new  paint  and  waterborne  technology  into  True2Form  and  Cars  as  well  as 
fluctuations in the utilization and pricing of paint and related products in both Canada and the U.S.  

Operating Expenses 

Operating Expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $38.0 million to $135.7 million from $97.7 million for 
the same period of 2010, primarily due to the acquisition of True2Form, Cars Collision and other new locations.  Excluding 
the impact of foreign currency translation of approximately $3.9 million, expenses increased $37.1 million from 2010 as a 
result  of  new  locations  including  True2Form  and  Cars  as  well  as  a  further  $5.6  million  at  same-store  locations.    Closed 
locations and the reduced impact of not having the Arizona hail in 2011 lowered operating expenses by a combined $0.8 
million. 

Operating  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  sales  was  38.0%  for  2011  and  2010.    Decreases  from  the  fixed  component  of 
operating expenses as a result of higher same-store sales levels were offset by increases due to higher operating expenses at 
new store locations as they ramp up to expected sales levels over time.  

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Exchange Losses (Gains) 

Foreign  Exchange  Losses  (Gains)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  of  $50  thousand  were  the  result  of  derivative 
contracts entered into during the year to minimize foreign exchange exposure on U.S. loans made to the Canadian operations 
from a U.S. subsidiary on a short-term basis and exchanged into Canadian dollars.  The 2010 gain was primarily the result of 
foreign  exchange  gains  on  derivative  contracts  used  to  limit  the  variability  of  earnings  due  to  the  foreign  exchange 
translation  exposure  on  the  income  and  expenses  of  U.S.  operations.    Over  the  course  of  2010  these  derivative  contracts 
began unwinding and were not replaced with additional contracts.  

Acquisition and Transaction Costs 

Acquisition  and  Transaction  Costs  for  2011  were  $1.9  million  compared  to  $1.4  million  recorded  for  the  same  period  of 
2010.    The  costs  in  2011  primarily  relate  to  the  acquisition  of  Cars  which  includes  a  broker  fee  of  approximately  $0.4 
million.    The  2010  comparative  period  amount  primarily  relate  to  True2Form.    In  addition  to  the  acquisition  costs,  other 
one-time corporate development costs of approximately $0.4 million were incurred 2011.   

Adjusted EBITDA  

Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the fair value adjustments related to the 
exchangeable  share  liability  and  unit  option  liability  as  well  as  acquisition  and  transaction  costs  and  settlement  costs 
(“Adjusted EBITDA”)1 for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $24.4 million or 6.8% of sales compared to Adjusted 
EBITDA of $18.8 million or 7.3% of sales in the same period of the prior year.  The increase of $5.6 million was the result 
of improvements in same store sales which contributed $3.2 million, combined with $1.4 million of incremental EBITDA 
contribution  from  True2Form  compared  to  2010  and  $2.8  million  of  EBITDA  contribution  from  the  acquisition  of  Cars 
Collision.  In addition, other new stores contributed another $0.4 million.  Changes in the U.S. dollar and foreign exchange 
losses  recorded  in  2011  negatively  impacted  Adjusted  EBITDA  by  $0.9  million.    The  significant  hail  storm  in  Arizona, 
which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2010, increased Adjusted EBITDA by $1.3 million for that year and did not reoccur 
in 2011. 

Depreciation and Amortization 

Depreciation Expense related to plant and equipment totalled $6.3 million or 1.8% of sales for the year ended December 31, 
2011 an increase of $2.1 million when compared to the $4.1 million or 1.6% of sales recorded in the same period of the prior 
year.  The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of True2Form and Cars as well as new location growth. 

Amortization of intangible assets for 2011 totaled $2.4 million or 0.7% of sales, an increase of $1.1 million when compared 
to the $1.3 million or 0.5% of sales expensed for the same period in the prior year.  The increase is the result of recording 
additional intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of True2Form and Cars.   Due to the planned rebranding of the 
Cars  and  True2Form  locations  in  2012,  the  Company  also  amortized  these  brand  names  in  2011  in  the  amount  of  $0.5 
million. 

Settlement Cost 

Settlement Cost of $3.3 million is the result of the retirement of the Executive Chairman of the Fund in the fourth quarter of 
2011.    The  Fund  is  obligated  to  continue  with  the  payment  of  the  Executive  Chairman’s  compensation  until  January  31, 
2014.    A  full  provision  for  these  continuing  payments  were  expensed  and  accrued  in  the  fourth  quarter  as  a  $3.3  million 
settlement cost. 

1 EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized measures under Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  Management believes 
that  in  addition  to  net  earnings,  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  useful  supplemental  measures  as  they  provide  investors  with  an  indication  of 
operational  performance.    Investors  should  be  cautioned,  however,  that  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  not  be  construed  as  alternatives  to  net 
earnings determined in accordance with GAAP as an indicator of the Fund’s performance.   

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                 
 
Fair Value Adjustment to Exchangeable Shares  

Fair  Value  Adjustment  to  Exchangeable  Shares  resulted  in  a  non-cash  expense  related  to  the  increase  in  the  associated 
liability of $1.9 million during 2011 compared to $2.1 million in the prior year.  The class A exchangeable shares of BGHI 
are  exchangeable  into  units  of  the  Fund.    This  exchangeable  feature  results  in  the  shares  being  presented  as  financial 
liabilities of the Fund.  The liability represents the value of the Fund attributable to these shareholders.  Exchangeable Class 
A  shares  are  measured  at  the  market  price  of  the  units  of  the  Fund  as  of  the  statement  of  financial  position  date.    The 
increase in the liability and the related expense for both years is the result of increases in the value of the Fund’s unit price.         

Fair Value Adjustment to Unit Options 

Fair  Value  Adjustment  to  Unit  Options  was  a  non-cash  expense  related  to  an  increase  in  the  associated  liability  of  $0.9 
million for 2011 compared to $0.4 million in the prior year.    Similar to the exchangeable share liability, the unit option 
liability  is  impacted  by  changes  in  the  value  of  the  Fund’s  unit  price.    The  cost  of  cash-settled  unit-based  transactions  is 
measured  at  fair  value  using  a  black-scholes  model  and  expensed  over  the  vesting  period  with  the  recognition  of  a 
corresponding liability.  The increase in the liability and the related expense is primarily the result of an increase in the value 
of the Fund’s unit price. 

Non-Controlling Interest Put Option Adjustment 

In  2011,  the  Fund  entered  into  an  agreement  that  provides  a  member  of  its  U.S.  management  team  the  opportunity  to 
participate  in  the  future  growth  of  the  Fund’s  U.S. glass  business.   Within  the  agreement  is  a  put option held by  the  non 
controlling  shareholder  that  allows  the  shareholder  to put the  business back  to  the  Fund  according  to  a  valuation formula 
defined in the agreement.  The put option is restricted during the first three years of the agreement but then may be exercised 
at  any  time  by  the  non  controlling  shareholder.    The  value  of  the  put  option  is  determined  by  discounting  the  estimated 
future payment obligation at each statement of financial position date.    The initial amount of the put option of $0.2 million 
was recorded to retained earnings and the put option increased during the year by $0.2 million as a result of an increase in 
the estimated value of the business. 

Finance Costs 

Finance Costs of $2.0 million or 0.6% of sales for 2011 increased from $1.4 million or 0.6% of sales for the prior year.  The 
increase in interest expense resulted from increases in long-term debt as a result of the acquisitions of True2Form and Cars 
offset by reductions and repayments on other long-term debt and reduced operating line borrowings.   

Write-down of Goodwill  

The  Fund  follows  International  Accounting  Standard  36 –  Impairment  of Assets  as  it  pertains  to  evaluating goodwill.    In 
accordance with the requirements, the Company tests its goodwill and other intangible and tangible assets for impairment on 
an annual basis or more frequently if it is believed circumstances would warrant.   In 2010, due to the weakness in the B.C. 
glass  market,  management  identified  an  impairment  issue  with  a  single  glass  operation  and  accordingly  wrote-down  $1.3 
million in goodwill. 

Income Taxes  

Current and Deferred Income Tax Expense (Recovery) of $2.5 million in 2011 compares to a recovery of $6.6 million in 
2010. The large recovery in 2010 was the result of the Company recording deferred tax benefits on loss carryforwards and 
other  tax  assets  in  that  year.    Income  tax  provisions  and  recoveries  in  both  Canada  and  the  U.S.  had  previously  been 
impacted unrecognized tax losses and other tax assets.  During 2010 it was determined that conditions had changed such that 
the Fund believed it is now probable that it would be able to utilize its non-capital loss carryforward amounts and other tax 
assets.  Upon these balances being recorded on the balance sheet, deferred tax expense is charged to earnings in relation to 
reported income.  At the end of 2011, the Fund reported remaining loss carryforward amounts in Canada of $3.9 million and in 
the U.S. of $7.2 million.  Included in the U.S amount are loss carryforward amounts related to the True2Form acquisition in the 
amount of $7.0 million which are limited in their utilization to $1.7 million per year.  As a result of the acquisition of Master 
Collision Repair on January 3, 2012, the Company added additional losses available in the U.S. of approximately $4.5 million, 
which are limited in their utilization to $1.1 million per year. 

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Earnings and Earnings Per Unit  

Net  Earnings  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  was  $2.9  million  or  0.8%  of  sales  compared  to  earnings  of  $13.5 
million or 5.2% of sales last year.  The earnings in 2011 were impacted by recording fair value adjustments for exchangeable 
shares in the amount of $1.9 million and unit options in the amount of $0.9 million, as well as the recording of acquisition 
and transaction costs of $1.9 million, settlement cost of $3.3 million, accelerated brand name amortization of $0.5 million, 
the non-controlling interest put option adjustment of $0.2 million and income tax expense of $2.5 million.  Excluding the 
impact of these adjustments, net earnings would have increased to $14.2 million or 4.0% of sales.  This compares to adjusted 
earnings of $11.9 million or 4.6% of sales for the same period in 2010 if the same items were adjusted as well as the $1.3 
million  related  to  the  write  down  of  goodwill.    The  increase  in  the  adjusted  net  income  for  the  year  is  the  result  of  the 
contribution of new acquisitions and new location growth as well as increases in same-store sales. 

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Unit was $0.262 per unit for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to basic earnings 
per unit of $1.250 and diluted earnings per unit of $1.249 per unit in the same period in 2010.  The decrease to the basic and 
diluted earnings per unit amounts is attributed to the impact of the fair value adjustments for exchangeable shares and unit 
options,  the  settlement  cost  as  described  previously,  the  non-controlling  put  option  adjustment,  accelerated  brand  name 
amortization as well as the acquisition and transaction costs.   

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS

($000’s, except per unit data)

2011

2010

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q4

Q3

Q2

Q1

Sales

Net earnings 

Basic earnings per unit

Diluted earnings per unit 

100,493

97,333

77,567

81,573

80,808

68,999

52,288

54,914

(2,070)

6,519

(2,387)

888

7,950

1,940

1,652

1,931

(0.192)

0.593

(0.221)

0.082

0.738

0.180

0.153

0.179

0.181

0.220

(0.221)

0.082

0.756

0.180

0.153

0.160

Sales have increased in recent quarters due to the acquisition of True2Form, Cars Collision and other new locations as well 
as  same  store  sales  increases.    Earnings  had  been  consistent  until  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010  which  benefited  from  a  hail 
storm in Arizona and a return to same-store sales growth.  The growth in earnings in the fourth quarter of 2010 was also 
impacted by the recognition of non-capital loss carryforward amounts and other tax assets that had previously been offset with 
a valuation allowance, offset by the impact of writing down $1.3 million in goodwill related to an individual glass business in 
B.C.    The  decrease  in  earnings  in  the  first and  second quarters of  2011 is  primarily  due  to  the  fair  value  adjustments  for 
exchangeable class A shares and unit options which reduced net earnings as well as expensing acquisition and transaction 
costs  that  under  previous  GAAP  would  have  been  recorded  as  part  of  the  purchase  price  and  the  recording  of  deferred 
income  tax  expense.    The  third  quarter  of  2011  benefitted  from  the  reversal  of  much  of  the  fair  value  adjustments 
experienced during the first two quarters of the year, while the fourth quarter was again impacted negatively by fair value 
adjustments as well as the accrual of settlement costs associated with the retirement of the Executive Chairman.   

STATUS AS A SPECIFIED INVESTMENT FLOW-THROUGH AND TAXATION 

Under the previous taxation regime for income trusts, the Fund had been exempt from tax on its income to the extent that its 
income  was  distributed  to  unitholders.    This  exemption  did  not  apply  to  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries,  which  are 
corporations  that  are  subject  to  income  tax.    Under  the  new  tax  regime  for  trusts,  certain  distributions  from  a  “specified 
investment flow-through” trust or partnership (“SIFT”) are no longer deductible in computing a SIFT’s taxable income, and 
a SIFT is subject to tax on such distributions at a rate that is substantially equivalent to the general tax rate applicable to a 
Canadian corporation.  Foreign investment income from non-portfolio investments is not subject to the SIFT tax.   

The Fund investigated and evaluated its structuring alternatives in connection with the SIFT rules with a view of preserving 
and  maximizing  unitholder  value.    Based  upon  its  investigation,  analysis  and  due  diligence  and  given  its  size  and 
circumstances, the Fund determined that a change to a share corporation structure would not be advantageous to the Fund or 
its unitholders at this time.  This determination has been made based on several reasons.  First, the Fund does not believe it 
will achieve any net tax savings by converting.  Second, the Fund believes that the cost of conversion is not a prudent use of 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
    
     
   
        
     
     
     
     
    
     
   
     
     
     
     
     
      
     
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
cash and is not justified by any perceived benefits from conversion for a fund of our size.  Third, to the extent that the Fund 
pays  SIFT  tax,  it  believes  that  its  taxable  unitholders  will  benefit  from  the  lower  tax  rate  on  distributions  received,  as  it 
expects to be able to maintain distributions, despite any trust tax that the Fund will incur.  In addition, the Fund’s current 
distribution level to unitholders is being funded almost entirely by its U.S. operations and since distributions that are sourced 
from U.S. business earnings are not subject to the SIFT tax, the Fund benefits from a tax deduction at the U.S. corporate 
entity level for interest paid to the Fund which is distributed to unitholders.   

On July 14, 2008 the Minister of Finance released draft legislative proposals that contain the rules for allowing a SIFT trust 
to  convert  into  a  publicly  traded  corporation  without  adverse  consequences  for  the  trust  or  its  unitholders.    The  SIFT 
conversion rules will apply to conversions that are effected after July 14, 2008 and before 2013.  The Fund is in the process 
of determining if it is advantageous to utilize these rollover rules before December 31, 2012. 

Even though the Company is carrying tax loss-carryforward balances in both Canada and the U.S. that enable it to shelter 
taxes payable, the Fund is required to record income tax expense at its effective tax rate.  The Fund’s effective tax rate varies 
due to the fixed level of interest that is deducted from the U.S. operations and paid to the trust unitholders as distributions.  
This amount of interest was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The Fund estimates that its basic Canadian 
provincial  and  federal  tax  rate  is  approximately  26%  and  its  U.S.  federal  and  state  tax  rate  is  approximately  39%.    In 
forecasting future tax obligations, the Fund deducts the interest amount above from the U.S. taxable income to estimate the 
U.S. tax expense.  As a result of the fixed nature of the interest deduction, it is not possible to provide a reliable estimate of 
the effective tax rate for the Fund.  The following illustration demonstrates the differences in the effective tax rate depending 
on the level of net income and a fixed interest deduction. 

Effective tax rate (illustration only) 

Example blended tax rate (U.S. and Canada) 
Net income level 
U.S. interest deduction re: distributions  

35.0% 
        $     10,000 
               (5,000) 

35.0% 
        $     15,000 
               (5,000) 

35.0% 

      $      20,000 
               (5,000) 

                 5,000 

               10,000 

              15,000  

Computed tax 
Effective tax rate - % of total 

                 1,750 
17.5% 

                 3,500 
23.33% 

                5,250  
26.25% 

While  the  Fund  intends  on  remaining  in  its  current  structure  for  the  foreseeable  future,  it  will  continue  to  evaluate  this 
decision in the context of changing circumstances. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Cash  flow  from  operations,  together  with  cash  on  hand  and  unutilized  credit  available  on  existing  credit  facilities  are 
expected to be sufficient to meet operating requirements, capital expenditures and distributions.  At December 31, 2011, the 
Fund  had  cash,  net  of  outstanding  deposits  and  cheques,  held  on  deposit  in  U.S.  bank  accounts  totaling  $18.4  million 
(December 31, 2010 - $9.6 million).  Offsetting this balance was $nil (December 31, 2010 - $0.2 million) outstanding under 
its  operating  line of  credit, resulting  in  a cash position, net  of  bank  indebtedness, of  $18.4  million  at  December 31,  2011 
(December 31, 2010 - $9.4 million).  The net working capital ratio (current assets divided by current liabilities) was 1.13:1 
at December 31, 2011 (December 31, 2010 - 1:1).  The increase in the net working capital ratio is the result of the Fund 
completing a bought deal public offering on September 27, 2011 which significantly increased its cash on hand.   

At  December  31,  2011,  the  Fund  had  total  debt  outstanding,  net  of  cash,  of  $16.9  million  compared  to  $19.2  million  at 
September 30, 2011, $31.2 million at June 30, 2011, $14.4 million at March 31, 2011 and $16.0 million at December 31, 
2010. The increase in cash during the fourth quarter was primarily the result of operations generating positive cash flow in 
the quarter.  The decrease in cash and increase in total debt in the second quarter of 2011 was due to the Company incurring 
approximately $6.4 million in new U.S. senior term debt, a $2.9 million seller loan and using approximately $4.9 million in 
cash as part of the Cars acquisition.  The subsequent decrease in total debt was due to the Fund issuing 1,300,000 units from 
treasury during the quarter as part of a bought deal public offering as well as the generation of cash from operations and 
continued repayments of U.S. debt.   

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Debt, Net of Cash ($ Millions)

December 31,
    2011

September 30,
    2011

June 30,
    2011

March 31,
    2011

December 31,
    2010

Bank indebtedness
U.S. senior bank debt
Seller loans
Obligations under capital lease

$               

$             

$              

$             

-
23.4
5.5
6.4
35.3

-
$               
24.3
5.9
6.0
36.2

$           

3.5
23.0
5.7
5.4
37.6

1.5
17.0
2.8
4.8
26.1

0.2
17.8
3.0
4.6
25.6

$           

$           

$            

$           

Cash
Total Debt, Net of Cash

6.4
31.2
 Seller loans are loans granted to the Company by the sellers of businesses related to the acquisition of those businesses 

17.0
19.2

18.4
16.9

$           

$           

$           

11.7
14.4

$            

9.6
16.0

$           

The following table summarizes the contractual obligations at December 31, 2011 and required payments over the next five 
years:  

Contractual Obligations (000's)
As at December 31, 2011

Total

Payments Due By Period
1-3 years

Due < 1 year

4-5 years

After 5 years

Long-term debt
Capital lease obligations (principal & interest)
Operating lease obligations
Settlement accrual
Purchase obligations:

Prepaid rebate repayments (1)

$       

28,946
7,421
97,162
3,013

$         

2,201
2,803
20,771
1,094

$         

5,132
3,295
31,510
1,919

$         

7,671
1,306
18,889
-

$       

13,942
17
25,992
-

-

Unknown

Unknown

Unknown

Unknown

Total Contractual Obligations

$     

136,542

$       

26,869

$       

41,856

$       

27,866

$       

39,951

(1)  Subject to fulfilling certain conditions such as meeting the contractual purchase obligations, no change in control and not closing any locations, the 

repayment amount would be nil.   

Operating Activities  

Cash flow generated from operations, before considering working capital changes, was $17.3 million for 2011 compared to 
$14.8 million in 2010.  The increase was due to stronger adjusted EBITDA in 2011, resulting from new location growth as 
well as the acquisitions of True2Form and Cars.     

Changes in working capital items required net cash of $1.1 million for 2011 compared to providing $1.0 million in 2010.  
Increases  and  decreases  in  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  prepaid  expenses,  income  taxes,  accounts  payable  and  accrued 
liabilities are significantly influenced by timing of collections and expenditures as well as changes in the foreign exchange 
translation of U.S. working capital items.   

Financing Activities 

Cash provided by financing totalled $18.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $7.0 million in the 
prior year.  During 2011, cash was provided from the bought deal public offering in the amount of $13.975 million less issue 
costs of $1.8 million, increases in long-term debt in the amount of $6.5 million, unearned rebates of $6.2 million as well as 
the collection of rebates receivable of $1.7 million and proceeds received from the leasing of assets of $2.1 million.  Cash 
was used for the repayment of long-term debt totalling $2.4 million, a reduction in bank indebtedness in the amount of $0.2 
million and distributions paid to unitholders and dividends to Class A common shareholders totalling $5.0 million.  During 
2010, cash was provided from increases in long-term debt in the amount of $7.3 million, unearned rebates of $6.7 million as 
well as the collection of rebates receivable of $1.2 million and proceeds received from the leasing of assets of $1.5 million.  
Cash was used for the repayment of long-term debt totaling $2.1 million, a reduction in bank indebtedness in the amount of 
$1.9 million and distributions paid to unitholders and dividends to Class A common shareholders totaling $3.7 million.     

25

 
 
 
             
            
            
              
            
               
              
              
                
              
               
              
              
                
              
             
            
              
              
              
 
 
    
           
           
           
           
                
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
               
               
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unitholders’ Capital  

On September 27, 2011 the Fund completed a bought deal public offering where it sold to an underwriting syndicate 1,963,231 
trust units, of which 1,300,000 units were issued out of treasury, 463,231 units were sold by the retiring Executive Chairman of 
the Fund and 200,000 units were sold by an officer of one of the Company’s subsidiaries at a gross price of $10.75 per unit.  

A  unitholder  is  entitled  to  request  the  redemption  of  units  at  any  time,  and  the  Fund  is  obligated  to  redeem  those  units, 
subject to a cash redemption maximum of $25,000 for any one month.  The redemption price is determined as the lower of 
90% of the market price during the 10 trading day period commencing immediately after the date of the redemption or 100% 
of the closing market price on the date of redemption.  No amounts were redeemed in either 2011 or 2010. 

A Class A common shareholder of BGHI can exchange Class A common shares for units of the Fund upon request.  The 
retraction of Class A common shares is achieved by BGHI issuing Class B common shares to the Fund in exchange for units 
of  the  Fund,  and  the  units  so  received  being  delivered  to  the  Class  A  shareholder  requesting  the  retraction.    For  the  year 
ended December 31, 2011, BGHI received requests and retracted 446,034 (2010 – 10,511) Class A common shares, issued 
446,034 (2010 – 10,511) Class B common shares to the Fund and received 446,034 (2010 – 10,511) units of the Fund as 
consideration, which were delivered to the Class A shareholders in respect of the retraction.   

The Fund sells the Class B shares to the Company in exchange for Notes and Class I shares to fund future distributions on 
the Trust units.  The exchange value is equivalent to the unit value provided to the Class A common shareholder. 

Subsequent  to  December  31,  2011,  BGHI  has  received  requests  to  retract  a  total  of  3,561  Class  A  common  shares,  has 
issued  a  total  of  3,561  Class  B  common  shares  to  the  Fund,  and  has  received  a  total  of  3,561  units  of  the  Fund  as 
consideration,  which  have  been  or  will  be  delivered  to  the  Class  A  shareholders  in  respect  of  the  retraction.    The  Fund 
anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  sell  any  Class  B  shares  of  BGHI  that  it  receives  as  a  result  of  these  retractions,  to  the 
Company. 

The holders of the Class A common shares receive cash dividends on a monthly basis at a rate equivalent to the monthly 
cash distribution paid to unitholders of the Fund.   

The following chart discloses outstanding unit data of the Fund, including information on all outstanding securities of the 
Fund and its subsidiaries that are convertible or exchangeable for units of the Fund as of March 22, 2012. 

Securities

Units outstanding

# or $ Amount of Securities 
Outstanding

# of Units to be Issued on 
Conversion or Exchange by 
Holder

Maximum # of Units to 
be Issued

12,531,697

12,531,697

12,531,697

Class A common shares of BGHI (1)
Unit options:
   Date Granted -  January 11, 2006 (2)
   Date Granted -  November 8, 2007 (3)

395,788

200,000
450,000

395,788

200,000
450,000

395,788

200,000
450,000

Total

13,577,485

13,577,485

(1)  The Fund is obligated to issue units to BGHI, in exchange for Class B shares of BGHI, upon a request for retraction by the 

holders of the Class A shares of BGHI on a 1:1 basis. 

(2)  On January 11, 2006, the Fund granted options to certain key employees allowing them to exercise the right to purchase, in the 
aggregate, up to 200,000 units of the Fund at any time after the expiration of 9 years and 255 days after the date the options 
were granted up to and including the expiration of 9 years and 345 days after the date the options were granted.  The units may 
be purchased, to the extent validly exercised, on the 10th anniversary of the grant date subject to the condition that the option is 
not exercisable if the grantee is not an officer or employee on September 23, 2015.  The granting of the options was approved 
at the unitholders’ Annual Meeting in 2006.  The options would permit the purchase of units at a price equal to the weighted 
average trading price on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the first 15 trading days in the month of January 2006, being $1.91 
per unit.  The cost of the options is being recognized over the term between the date when unitholder approval is obtained and 
the date the options become exercisable. 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3)  On November 8, 2007, the Fund granted options to certain key employees allowing them to exercise the right to purchase, in 
the aggregate, up to 450,000 units of the Fund, such options to purchase up to 150,000 units issued on each of January 2, 2008, 
2009 and 2010 exercisable on, but not before, the 10th anniversary of the respective issue date.  The purchase price per unit 
under the options issued on each issue date shall be the greater of the closing price for units on the Toronto Stock Exchange on 
the option grant date (being $2.70 per unit) and the weighted average trading price of the units on the Toronto Stock Exchange 
for the first 15 trading days in the month of January of the year in which each issue date falls, being $2.70, $3.14 and $5.41, 
respectively.  Such options shall not be exercisable if, for any reason, other than dismissal “without cause”, the grantee is not 
an  officer  or  employee  of  the  Fund,  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  nine  years,  255  days  after  each  of  the  option  issue  dates  in 
question.  However, the grantee has the right to exercise the option to purchase the units if there is a “takeover bid” for units.  
The cost of the options is being recognized over the term between the date when unitholder approval is obtained and the date 
the options become exercisable.   

Trading Partner Funding – Prepaid Rebates and Loans 

The Company has an agreement with strategic trading partners providing it prepaid rebate funding in exchange for a long 
term  exclusive  supply  arrangement.    Rebates  received  are  deferred  as  unearned  rebates  and  amortized  to  earnings,  as  a 
reduction of cost of sales, over the term of the agreement.  The Company is obliged to purchase the suppliers’ products on 
an exclusive basis over the 15 year term of the agreement, ending on January 31, 2021 (subject to extension in connection 
with  the  July  30,  2010,  June  30,  2011  and January  3,  2012  addendums  described below).   In  exchange  for  this  exclusive 
arrangement,  and  subject  to  certain  conditions,  the  trading  partner  is  required  to  continue  to  price  their  products 
competitively  to  the  Company.    Additional  prepaid  rebates  are  available  for  new  acquisitions  and  start-ups  and  regular 
testing of the criteria used to determine additional rebates will apply, with any under-funded (or over-funded) amounts to be 
collected (or repaid) by the Company at that time.  Termination of the arrangement, or a change in control of the Company 
as  defined  by  the  agreement,  would  require  the  Company  to  repay  all  un-amortized  balances  and  any  other  amounts  as 
determined within the agreement.  Additional quarterly rebates are receivable in quarterly instalments of $524,167 U.S. until 
February  28,  2012,  reducing to  $286,667 U.S. from  May  31, 2012  to  May  31, 2016  and  reducing  to  $161,667  U.S.  from 
August 31, 2016 until May 31, 2017, and then reducing to $41,667 U.S. from August 31, 2017 until November 30, 2017.  
Other amounts received or receivable to reimburse specific costs are applied against the identified cost in the period the cost 
is incurred, with the balance deferred as unearned rebates and amortized to earnings, as a reduction of cost of sales, over the 
remaining term of the agreement.  

Events of default under this agreement mirror those included in the Company’s U.S senior term debt facility as described 
under the heading “Debt Financing” below. Further termination provisions can be triggered in the event Boyd, without the 
prior consent of the trading partners, was to experience a significant change in control, were to sell or otherwise transfer its 
ownership interests in any of its subsidiary operations or permit those subsidiaries to sell or otherwise transfer any material 
part  of  their  assets.    Finally,  termination  of  the  agreement  can  occur  by  mutual  written  agreement.    Termination  would 
require Boyd to repay all un-amortized balances and all other amounts as outlined within the agreement.   

In addition to the regularly scheduled quarterly rebates, prepaid rebates are also available for new acquisitions and start-ups. 
Regular testing of the criteria used to determine these additional rebates is applied after a certain  start up period, with any 
under-funded  (or  over-funded)  amounts  being  collected  (or  repaid)  by  the  Company  at  that  time.        During  2011,  the 
Company  received  $0.9  million  of  new  rebates  and  repaid  $0.1  million  as  over-funded  adjustments  to  rebates  previously 
received.    This  compares  to  $0.7  million  of  new  rebates  and  repayments  of  $0.1  million  as  over-funded  adjustments  to 
rebates previously received in the prior year. 

On  July  30,  2010,  in  connection with  a new  acquisition and under  a new  addendum  to  its  existing supply  agreement,  the 
Company  received  as  a  capital  contribution  towards  the  acquisition  a  one-time  enhanced  prepaid  rebate  from  its  trading 
partners  of  $6.0  million  U.S.    This  prepaid  rebate  and  the  additional  quarterly  rebates  noted  above  will  be  deferred  as 
unearned rebates and amortized to earnings, as a reduction of cost of sales, over a period of 15 years. The enhanced prepaid 
rebate will be tested after three years, with any over funding being adjusted against the additional quarterly rebates.  The 
Company’s new operations are obligated to purchase the suppliers’ products on an exclusive basis over the 15 year term of 
the  addendum  ending  July  31,  2025.  In  exchange  for  this  exclusive  arrangement,  and  subject  to  certain  conditions,  the 
trading partners are required to continue to price their products competitively. Termination of the addendum would require 
the Company to repay all un-amortized balances and any other amounts as determined under the addendum. 

On June 30, 2011 and then on January 3, 2012 in connection with new acquisitions and under new addendums to its existing 
supply agreement, the Company received one-time enhanced prepaid rebates from its trading partners of approximately $5.6 
million U.S. and $2.0 million U.S., respectively.  These prepaid rebates and the additional quarterly rebates noted above will 
be deferred as unearned rebates and amortized to earnings, as a reduction of cost of sales, over a period of 15 years. The 
terms and conditions of addendums are consistent with those found in the 2010 addendum.   

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Financing 

As at December 31, 2011, the Company had no borrowings under its operating line of credit.  This compared to $0.2 million 
outstanding at December 31, 2010.  Under the Fund’s amended senior credit facilities, the Fund has access to a $16 million 
operating line, subject to accounts receivable margining. 

The Company had a Canadian senior term debt facility in place which was fully repaid in 2008.  The Canadian senior term 
facility  was  a  committed  reducing  facility,  secured  by  a  General  Security  Agreement  and  subsidiary  guarantees,  with 
incentive  priced  interest  rates  and  subject  to  customary  terms,  conditions,  covenants  and  other  provisions  for  an  income 
trust.  Although fully repaid, the security described above remains in place to support the continuing operating line. 

The  Company  also  has  a  U.S.  senior  secured  term  debt  facility  with  a  U.S.  bank.    At  December  31,  2011  the  balance 
outstanding under the initial tranche of funding was $9.625 million U.S.  This initial tranche was supported by a five year 
promissory note due January 31, 2011 with six quarterly principal repayments, in the amount of $375,000 U.S., which began 
October  31,  2009  and  continued  thereafter  on  the  last  day  of  January,  April,  July  and  October  2010  and  2011  as  well  as 
January 31, 2012.  On July 30, 2010 the facility was extended with a new three year promissory note due July 31, 2013, and 
then on June 30, 2011 the facility was further extended with a new three year promissory note due July 31, 2014.  Subject to 
certain  conditions,  the  Company  has  the option  to  renew  the  facility,  on terms  not  less  favorable,  for  an  additional  seven 
years  providing  quarterly  principal  repayments  continue  in  annual  U.S.  amounts  as  scheduled  below.    Annual  fiscal 
repayment amounts, in U.S. dollars, are scheduled to be as follows: 

Year 6 
Year 7 
Year 8 
Year 9 
Year 10 
Year 11 
Year 12 
Year 13 
Year 14 
Year 15 

February 1, 2011 to 
February 1, 2012 to 
February 1, 2013 to 
February 1, 2014 to 
February 1, 2015 to 
February 1, 2016 to 
February 1, 2017 to 
February 1, 2018 to 
February 1, 2019 to 
February 1, 2020 to 

January 31, 2012 
January 31, 2013 
January 31, 2014 
January 31, 2015 
January 31, 2016 
January 31, 2017 
January 31, 2018 
January 31, 2019 
January 31, 2020 
January 31, 2021 

$1,500,000 
$1,500,000 
$1,500,000 
$1,200,000 
$1,100,000 
$   900,000 
$   800,000 
$   800,000 
$   800,000 
$   600,000 

Interest rates are based on LIBOR plus 2.5% for LIBOR loans or for a prime rate loan, the greater of (i) the U.S. prime rate 
less 0.25%, or (ii) the sum of Fed Funds Open Rate plus 0.5%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 1.5%.  At Boyd’s option, a fixed rate 
loan is also available for the extended term of the loan at the U.S. Bank’s cost of funds plus 2.5%.  The facility is secured by 
a pledge of the shares and assets (excluding accounts receivable) of The Gerber Group, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company, as 
well as a third party guarantee. 

On  July  30,  2010,  the  Company  obtained,  and  fully  drew,  a  new  tranche  of  U.S.  senior  term  debt  with  its  U.S.  bank  for 
approximately $7.0 million U.S.  This additional tranche is supported by an initial three year, interest only, promissory note 
due July 31, 2013.  On June 30, 2011 the facility was further extended with a new three year promissory note due July 31, 
2014.     Subject  to  certain  conditions,  the  Company  has  the  option  to renew  the  facility,  at  the  then  market  terms,    for  an 
additional  11  years  providing  quarterly  principle  repayments  are  made  beginning  on  October  31,  2013  and  continuing 
thereafter on the last day of January, April, July and October for each year in annual U.S amounts as follows:  

Year 4 
Year 5 
Year 6 
Year 7 
Year 8 
Year 9 
Year 10 
Year 11 
Year 12 
Year 13 
Year 14 
Year 15 

August 1, 2013 
August 1, 2014 
August 1, 2015 
August 1, 2016 
August 1, 2017 
August 1, 2018 
August 1, 2019 
August 1, 2020 
August 1, 2021 
August 1, 2022 
August 1, 2023 
August 1, 2024 

to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 

July 31, 2014 
July 31, 2015 
July 31, 2016 
July 31, 2017 
July 31, 2018 
July 31, 2019 
July 31, 2020 
July 31, 2021 
July 31, 2022 
July 31, 2023 
July 31, 2024 
July 31, 2025 

28

$804,000 
$804,000 
$804,000 
$804,000 
$696,000 
$536,000 
$482,000 
$428,000 
$428,000 
$428,000 
$428,000 
$322,000 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The interest rate for a floating rate loan is based on LIBOR plus 3.75% for a LIBOR loan or for a prime rate loan, the greater 
of (i) the U.S. prime rate plus 1.0%, or (ii) the sum of Fed Funds Open Rate plus 1.75%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 2.75%.  At 
Boyd’s option, a fixed rate loan is also available for the initial term of the loan at the U.S. Bank’s cost of funds plus 3.75%.  
The facility is secured by a pledge of the shares and assets, excluding cash and receivables, of True2Form as well as a third 
party guarantee.  Other terms and conditions of the loan are similar to those contained in the Company’s initial tranche under 
its U.S. senior bank debt facility. 

On June 30, 2011, the Company obtained, and fully drew, a third tranche of U.S. senior term debt with its U.S. bank for 
approximately $6.7 million U.S.  This additional tranche is supported by an initial three year, interest only, promissory note 
due July 31, 2014 unless extended. Subject to certain conditions, the Company has the option to renew the facility at the 
then market terms for an additional 12 years providing quarterly principle repayments are made beginning on October 31, 
2014 and continuing thereafter on the last day of January, April, July and October for each year in annual U.S amounts as 
follows:  

Year 4 
Year 5 
Year 6 
Year 7 
Year 8 
Year 9 
Year 10 
Year 11 
Year 12 
Year 13 
Year 14 
Year 15 

August 1, 2014 
August 1, 2015 
August 1, 2016 
August 1, 2017 
August 1, 2018 
August 1, 2019 
August 1, 2020 
August 1, 2021 
August 1, 2022 
August 1, 2023 
August 1, 2024 
August 1, 2025 

to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 
to 

July 31, 2015 
July 31, 2016 
July 31, 2017 
July 31, 2018 
July 31, 2019 
July 31, 2020 
July 31, 2021 
July 31, 2022 
July 31, 2023 
July 31, 2024 
July 31, 2025 
July 31, 2026 

$770,000 
$770,000 
$770,000 
$770,000 
$670,000 
$514,000 
$463,000 
$412,000 
$412,000 
$412,000 
$412,000 
$310,000 

The interest rate for a floating rate loan is based on LIBOR plus 3.75% for a LIBOR loan or for a prime rate loan, the greater 
of (i) the U.S. prime rate plus 1.0%, or (ii) the sum of Fed Funds Open Rate plus 1.75%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 2.75%.  At 
Boyd’s option, a fixed rate loan is also available for the initial term of the loan at the U.S. Bank’s cost of funds plus 3.75%.  
The facility is secured by a pledge of the shares and assets, excluding cash and receivables, of Cars as well as a guarantee by 
the  Company  and  a  third  party  guarantee.    Other  terms  and  conditions  of  the  loan  are  similar  to  those  contained  in  the 
Company’s initial tranche under its U.S. senior bank debt facility. 

The company’s senior credit facilities contain restrictive covenants that limit the discretion of the Company’s management 
and the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, to make acquisitions of collision repair businesses, to create 
liens or other encumbrances, to pay dividends, to redeem any equity or debt or make certain other payments, investments, 
capital expenditures, loans or guarantees and to sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate with another 
entity.  In addition, the credit facilities contain financial covenants that require the Company and other restricted parties to 
meet  certain  financial  ratios  and  financial  condition  tests  which  limit  debt  levels  based  upon  earnings  and  test  the 
Company’s ability to make interest payments, debt principle repayments and distributions.   A failure to comply with the 
obligations  under  these  credit  facilities  could  result  in  an  event  of  default,  which,  if  not  cured  or  waived,  could  permit 
acceleration of the relevant indebtedness.  In addition, there are cross default provisions in both the operating line and U.S. 
senior  debt  facilities  that  would,  if  an  event  of  default  were  to  occur  in  either  agreement,  cause  acceleration  of  the 
indebtedness of both facilities. 

The Company has supplemented its debt financing in the past by negotiating with sellers in certain acquisitions to provide 
financing to the Company in the form of term notes.  The notes payable to sellers are typically at favourable interest rates 
and for terms of 5-10 years.  This source of financing is another means of supporting the Fund’s growth, at a relatively low 
cost.  On July 30, 2010, as part of the acquisition of True2Form, the Company issued a seller note in the amount of $2.0 
million U.S. that is payable on July 30, 2015.  This note is prepayable in part or in whole at the option of the Company.  
During  2011,  the  Company  prepaid  $400,000  U.S.  of  this  note,  compared  to  $200,000  U.S.  that  was  prepaid  in  2010.  
Interest  on  the  note  is  fixed  at  8.0%  and  is  payable  quarterly.  On  June  30,  2011,  as  part  of  the  acquisition  of  Cars,  the 
Company issued a 6.5% seller note in the amount of $3.0 million U.S. repayable in quarterly payments over eight years of 
which  on  payment  for  $93,750  was  paid  in  2011.    In  addition,  during  both  2011  and  2010,  the  Company  was  provided 
financing by a single seller for approximately $0.2 million.  The Company repaid seller loans in 2011 totaling approximately 
$0.9 million (2010 - $0.6 million).  On January 3, 2012, as part of the acquisition of Master Collision Repair, the Company 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
issued a 8.0% seller note in the amount of $7.0 million U.S. repayable in monthly payments of principal and interest over 15 
years.   

The  Fund  has  traditionally  used  capital  leases  to  finance  a  portion  of  both  its  maintenance  and  expansion  capital 
expenditures.  The Fund expects to continue to use this source of financing where available at competitive interest rates and 
terms, although this financing also impacts the total leverage capacity covenants under both of the operating line and U.S. 
senior credit facilities.  During 2011, $3.9 million (2010 - $1.7 million) of new equipment and courtesy cars was financed 
through  capital  leases,  of  which  $2.1  million  (2009  -  $1.5  million)  related  to  start-up  facilities.    The  Fund  anticipates 
continuing  to  use  capital  lease  financing  as  a  source  of  funding  acquisition,  development  and  sustaining  equipment  and 
vehicle capital expenditures.  

On January 28, 2010, the Fund settled a $500,000 U.S. vendor exchangeable note related to the acquisition of the business 
now known as GNGS.   

Investing Activities 

Cash used in investing activities totalled $25.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $17.9 million 
used  in  the  prior  year.    The  large  activity  in  both  years  relate  primarily  to  the  acquisitions  and  new  location  growth  that 
occurred during these periods.       

Acquisitions 

On June 30, 2011, the Company acquired Cars Collision Center of Colorado, LLC and Cars Collision Center, LLC.   Cars 
was a private company operating 14 locations in Illinois, eight locations in northern Indiana, and six locations in Colorado.  
The total consideration for the transaction of approximately US$20.5 million was funded with a combination of cash, U.S. 
senior bank term debt, trading partner funding and a seller note.   

On July 30, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of True2Form Collision Repair Centers, Inc., one of the largest 
multi-location  collision  repair  companies  in  the  United  States  for  total  consideration  of  approximately  $17.0  million.  
True2Form  was  a  private  auto  collision  repair  company  operating  37  locations  in  four  U.S.  states;  17  locations  in  North 
Carolina,  eight  locations  in  Ohio,  seven  locations  in  Maryland  and  five  locations  in  Pennsylvania.  Funding  for  the 
transaction was a combination of cash, U.S. senior bank term debt, trading partner funding and a seller note.   

Also during 2011, the Company separately purchased the equipment, work in progress and leased the premises of collision 
repair centers located in McDonough, Georgia; and Richmond, British Columbia.  

In  2010,  the  Company  separately  purchased  the  equipment,  work  in  progress  and  leased  the  premises  of  collision  repair 
centers located in Evanston, Illinois; Owasso, Oklahoma; Las Vegas, Nevada; Bellingham, Washington and two locations in 
the Atlanta, Georgia area.  

Start-ups 

In 2011, the Company commenced operations in seven new start-up collision repair facilities located in Savannah, Georgia; 
Edmonton, Alberta; Grove City, Ohio; Seattle and Everett, Washington; Winnipeg, Manitoba; and Kent, Washington.  The 
total  combined  investment  in  leaseholds,  property  and  equipment  for  these  facilities  was  approximately  $2.3  million, 
financed through a combination of capital leases and trading partner prepaid rebates. The Company anticipates it will use 
similar start-up strategies to continue growth in the future. 

In 2010, the Company commenced operations in two new start-up collision repair facilities located in Cartersville, Georgia 
and  Yuma,  Arizona.    The  total  combined  investment  in  leaseholds,  property  and  equipment  for  these  facilities  was 
approximately  $0.6  million,  financed  through  a  combination  of  capital  leases  and  trading  partner  prepaid  rebates.  The 
Company anticipates it will use similar start-up strategies to continue growth in the future. 

Capital Expenditures 

Although  most  of  Boyd’s  repair  facilities  are  leased,  funds  are  required  to  ensure  facilities  are  properly  repaired  and 
maintained  to  ensure  the  Company’s  physical  appearance  communicates  Boyd’s  standard  of  professional  service  and 
quality.  The Company’s need to maintain its facilities and upgrade or replace equipment, signage, computers, software and 
courtesy car fleets forms part of the annual cash requirements of the business.  The Company manages these expenditures by 

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
annually reviewing and determining its capital budget needs and then authorizing major expenditures throughout the year 
based upon individual business cases.  In addition to normal maintenance capital expenditures, the Company is also planning 
to rebrand its True2Form and Master locations and enhance its company-wide technology infrastructure.  This technology 
infrastructure  includes  computer  hardware,  software,  management  information  systems  and  the  methods  by  which 
information will be captured, stored and communicated.  Excluding expenditures related to acquisition and development, the 
Company spent approximately $1.9 million or 0.5% of sales on sustaining capital expenditures during 2011, compared to 
$1.7 million or 0.7% of sales during 2010.   

During  2011,  the  Fund  disposed  of  equipment,  principally  consisting  of  courtesy  vehicles,  for  net  proceeds  totaling  $0.1 
million  compared  to  total  proceeds  from  equipment  and  vehicle  disposals  of  less  than  $0.1  million  in  2010.    The  Fund 
anticipates  that  it  will  continue  to  generate  proceeds  on  disposal  of  equipment,  particularly  courtesy  vehicles,  as  these 
vehicles are purchased by the Company as their leases expire, and are ultimately sold.  Where courtesy vehicles have been 
replaced, these replacements have, in certain circumstances, been obtained using either capital or operating leases.  

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

During the year, the Fund engaged in the following transactions with related parties: 

Management services fees totaling $1,048,727 (2010 - $934,331) were paid to C.C. Collision Repair Management Limited 
Partnership (“C.C. Repair”).  C.C. Repair, an entity owned by parties related to senior officers of the Fund, employs all of 
the  Fund’s  operations  managers  for  its  Manitoba  locations,  as  well  as  certain  senior  corporate  management  staff  and 
provides  the  services  of  these  personnel  to  the  Fund  under  contract.    Other  than  $50,000  (2010  -  $24,000),  all  of  the 
management fees collected by C.C. Repair were in turn paid out in expenses, either directly or indirectly to these employees 
of C.C. Repair for salaries, wages and benefits, or for other expenses associated with the delivery of management services.  
Effective December 31, 2011, the C.C. Repair Management Limited agreement was terminated. 

In certain circumstances the Company has entered into property lease arrangements where an employee of the Company is 
the landlord.  The property leases for these locations do not contain any significant non-standard terms and conditions that 
would not normally exist in an arm’s length relationship, and the Fund has determined that the terms and conditions of the 
leases are representative of fair market rent values.  The following are the facilities currently under lease with related parties: 

Landlord     

Affiliated Person(s) 

Location 

3577997 Manitoba Inc. 
Gerber Building No. 1 Ptnrp 
Rex A. Dunn 
RBMA, LLC 
John S. Sanders 
Sun Coast Properties, LLC 
P & P, LLC 

BCP Realty, Inc. 

Terry Smith & Brock Bulbuck  Selkirk, MB 
Eddie Cheskis & Tim O’Day 
Rex A. Dunn 
Rex A. Dunn 
John S. Sanders 
John S. Sanders 
Richard M. Paukstitus & Clark 
W. Plucinski 
Richard M. Paukstitus & Clark 
W. Plucinski 
Thomas R. Carlton 

South Elgin, IL 
Youngstown, OH 
Warren, OH 
Dublin, OH 
Columbus, OH 
College Park, MD 

Gaithersburg, MD 

Lease 
Expires 

2017 
2013 
2015 
2015 
2015 
2018 
2016 

       2011 

         2010 

$           55,692 
           103,125 
           149,507 
           144,142 
           196,778 
           118,395 
           114,481 

$     55,692 
     103,952 
       57,832 
       57,484 
       83,806 
       50,104 
       52,869 

2016 

           172,950 

       77,247 

Thomas R. Carlton 
Mooresville Commons, LLC  R. Steven McGlothlin 
Farelane Properties Ltd. 
(1)  This  related  party  association  resulted  from  the  acquisition  of  a  property  in  2011  by  Mr.  Smith,  who  at  the  time  was  the  Fund’s  Executive 
Chairman.  Effective October 15, 2011, Mr. Smith retired from both his position as Executive Chairman of the Fund and as a member of the Fund’s 
Board of Trustees.   

Morganton, NC 
Mooresville, NC 
Winnipeg, MB 

             70,577 
           198,968 
           105,617 

       30,397 
       85,692 
     n/a 

2013 
2018 
2014 

Terry Smith(1) 

The Fund’s subsidiary, The Boyd Group Inc., has declared dividends totaling $193,504 (2010 - $195,926), through BGHI to 
4612094  Manitoba  Inc.,  an  entity  owned  directly  or  indirectly  by  senior  officers  of  the  Fund.    At  December  31,  2011, 
4612094  Manitoba  Inc.  owned  174,848  Class  A  common  shares  and  30,000,000  voting  common  shares  of  BGHI, 
representing approximately 30% of the total voting shares of BGHI.   

Autofit Retainers & Tools, a supplier of automotive parts affiliated with The Terry Smith Family Trust, recorded sales to the 
Fund in the amount of $84,152 (2010 - $83,324).  The supplier relationship between Autofit Retainers & Tools and the Fund 
does not include any non-standard terms and the transactions of this arrangement are accounted for at the exchange amount. 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Certain  advertising  and  related  expenses  are  paid  to  CMS  Inc.,  a  company  owned  by  the  spouse  of  an  officer  of  the 
Company.    During  2011,  these  expenses  amounted  to  $35,686  (2010  -  $71,199)  and  are  accounted  for  at  the  exchange 
amount.  Effective June 30, 2011, the arrangement with CMS Inc. was terminated. 

FOURTH QUARTER 

Sales  for  the  three  months  ended  December  31,  2011  totaled  $100.5  million,  an  increase  of  $19.7  million  or  24.4% 
compared to the same period in 2010.  Overall same store sales decreased $0.4 million, or 0.5% in the fourth quarter of 2011 
when  compared  to  the  fourth  quarter  of  2010.    A  significant  hail  storm  was  experienced  in  the  Arizona  market  in  2010 
which we estimate increased sales in 2010 by $3.9 million.  After removing this impact and excluding the impact of foreign 
currency  translation  attributable  to  sales  generated  from  the  Company’s  U.S.  operations  which  increased  sales  by  $0.6 
million,  same  store  increased  $3.5  million  or 4.7% for  the  quarter.   Sales  growth of $20.4  million  was  attributable  to  the 
acquisition of Cars as well as nine new collision repair centers.  The closure of two under-performing facilities during the 
year accounted for a decrease in sales of $0.9 million. 

Sales in Canada for the fourth quarter of 2011 increased $0.3 million, or 1.6%, to $19.1 million. Sales increases in Canada 
were due to sales growth of $1.0 million from the start up of three new locations, offset by closure of an under-performing 
facility which reduced sales by $0.6 million.  Same store sales decreased $0.1 million or 0.5% for the quarter.   

In the U.S., sales totalled $81.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $19.4 million when 
compared to $62.0 million for the prior year.  In addition to $17.2 million in sales from Cars, sales in the U.S. included $2.2 
million  from  six  new  collision  repair  facilities.    Overall  same  store  sales  decreased  $0.3  million,  or  0.5%  in  the  fourth 
quarter of 2011 when compared to the fourth quarter of 2010 and excluding the impact of foreign currency.  After adjusting 
for the impact of the significant hail storm in Arizona and excluding the impact of foreign currency translation and start-ups, 
U.S. same store sales increased by $3.6 million or 6.3% for the quarter. Foreign currency translation increased sales by $0.6 
million.  The closure of an under-performing facility during the year accounted for a decrease in sales of $0.3 million.   

Adjusted  EBITDA  for  the fourth quarter of 2011  totaled $7.6  million  or 7.6% of  sales compared  to Adjusted  EBITDA  of 
$7.0 million or 8.7% of sales in the same period of the prior year.  Improved adjusted EBITDA for 2011 was the result of the 
acquisition of Cars in 2011 as well as other new location growth.  Offsetting these improvements was the fact that in the 
prior year the Company benefitted from the impact of a significant hail storm experienced in the Arizona market, which we 
estimate increased EBITDA between $1.1 million and $1.3 million in that year.   

Current and Deferred Income Tax Expense of $0.7 million in 2011 compared to a $6.7 million recovery in 2010.  The large 
recovery in 2010 was the result of the Company recording future tax benefits on loss carryforwards and other tax assets in 
the year.  Income tax provisions and recoveries in both Canada and the U.S. had previously been impacted by a valuation 
allowance against its tax losses and other tax assets.  During the fourth quarter of 2010 it was determined that conditions had 
changed such that the Fund believed it was more likely than not that it would be able to utilize its non-capital loss carryforward 
amounts and other tax assets that had previously been offset with a valuation allowance. 

Net (Loss) Earnings for the fourth quarter, was a $2.1 million or $0.19 per fully diluted unit loss compared to earnings of 
$7.9 million or $0.80 per fully diluted unit for the same period in the prior year.  The earnings in 2011 were impacted by 
recording fair value adjustments for exchangeable shares, unit options, non-controlling interest put option adjustment as well 
as  the  recording  of  acquisition  and  transaction  costs,  settlement  costs,  the  accelerated  amortization  of  the  True2Form  and 
Cars brand names and tax expense.  Net earnings for the fourth quarter of 2010 was impacted by the recognition of future 
income tax benefits recorded in that period of $6.7 million as well as the write off of goodwill with a single glass operation 
in the British Columbia market of $1.3 million.  Excluding these impacts, adjusted net earnings for the fourth quarter was 
$4.5 million or $0.36 per unit compared to adjusted net earnings of $4.9 million or $0.45 per unit for the same period in the 
prior year.  The decrease of $0.9 million is primarily due to increased depreciation and amortization expense related to new 
acquisitions and start ups as well as the impact of the significant hail storm experienced in the Arizona market in the fourth 
quarter of 2010. 

Standardized  Distributable  cash  for  the  fourth  quarter  increased  to  $4.5  million  from  $3.5  million  for  the  same  period  in 
2010.  Adjusted distributable cash for the fourth quarter, which includes adjustments for the collection of additional prepaid 
rebates,  proceeds  on  the  sale  of  equipment,  payments  related  to  acquisition  search  and  transaction  costs  and  capital  lease 
repayments, increased to $4.7 million from $4.1 million for the same period a year ago, representing a payout ratio of 29.6% 
for 2011 compared to 24.5% for the same period last year.  The increase in distributable cash is primarily the result of cash 
provided by working capital items in the fourth quarter of 2011 when compared to the fourth quarter of 2010. 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

In order to limit the variability of earnings due to the foreign exchange translation exposure on the income and expenses of 
the U.S. operations, the Company will at times enter into foreign exchange contracts.  These contracts are marked to market 
monthly  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  included  in  earnings.    At  December  31,  2011  there  were  no  such  contracts 
outstanding. However, during 2011, the Fund recorded net foreign exchange gains in the amount of $20,340 related to these 
contracts.  The comparable amount during 2010 was a net gain of $158,920.   

Transactional foreign currency risk also exists in limited circumstances where U.S. denominated cash is received in Canada.  
The Company monitors U.S. denominated cash flows to be received in Canada and evaluates whether to use forward foreign 
exchange contracts.  During 2010, $8,000,000 U.S. was lent to the Canadian operations on a short-term basis and exchanged 
into Canadian dollars.  During 2011, the Company recorded a foreign exchange gain of $198,000 on this loan.  These funds 
were repaid in June 2011.  The Company had also entered into a $8,000,000 forward foreign exchange contract to purchase 
U.S. funds to protect against foreign exchange exposure during the loan term which was also settled in June 2011.  During 
2011 the Company recorded to earnings a loss related to this contract in the amount of $217,700.  An $8,000,000 loan and 
foreign exchange contract were also entered into in June 2011 and expired in October 2011.  The Fund realized a loss of 
$683,000 on this loan offset by a gain of $639,000 on the contract.  Finally, in October 2011, the Company  made a new 
short-term loan for $5,000,000 and entered into a new forward foreign exchange contract.  The unrealized loss on this loan 
at December 31, 2011 was $1,000 and the unrealized loss and fair value liability related to the forward foreign exchange 
contract was $7,900. 

Currency risk sensitivity analysis has been performed on these contracts and was based on a 5% strengthening or weakening of 
the Canadian Dollar against the U.S. Dollar assuming that all other variables remain constant. 

Under  this  assumption,  net  earnings  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  as  well  as  comprehensive  earnings  would  have 
changed by $nil due to the limited number of foreign exchange contracts in place at the end of 2011 (2010 – $45,000).   

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

The preparation of financial statements that present fairly the financial position, financial condition and results of operations 
requires  that  the  Fund  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during 
the  reporting  period.   Actual results  could  differ  materially  from  these  estimates.    The following  is  a summary  of  critical 
accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  that  the  Fund  believes  could  materially  impact  its  financial  position,  financial 
condition or results of operations: 

The  Fund  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  concerning  the  future.  The  resulting  accounting  estimates  will,  by  definition, 
seldom  equal  the  related  actual  results.  The  estimates  and  assumptions  that  have  a  significant  risk  of  causing  a  material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are addressed below. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The Fund has acquired a significant number of collision repair businesses and has recorded goodwill and other intangible 
assets upon the acquisition of these businesses with a current carrying value of approximately $54.2 million.  The Fund, in 
accordance with CICA Handbook Section 3064 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, has established a process for testing 
the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets on an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances warrant, for purposes 
of determining impairment.  In order to establish that the carrying value of net assets, including goodwill, for a particular 
business reporting unit, exceeds the fair value, the Fund is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that relate 
to matters that are uncertain at the time the estimates are made.   

When  evaluating  goodwill,  the  Fund  uses  the recorded historical  cash  flows  of  the  reporting unit  for  the  most  recent  two 
years, and an estimate or forecast of cash flows for the next year to establish an estimate of the Fund’s future cash flows.  An 
estimate of the recoverable amount is then calculated as the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use 
(being the present value of the expected future cash flows of the relevant asset or CGU). An impairment loss is recognized 
for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  exceeds  its  recoverable  amount.    Goodwill  write  downs,  when 
determined,  reduce  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  on  the  statement  of  financial  position  and  are  recorded  as  a  separate 
charge to earnings, and could materially impact the operating results of the Fund for any particular accounting period.  The 
methods  used  to  value  intangible  assets  require  critical  estimates  to  be  made  regarding  the  future  cash  flows  and  useful 
lifetimes of the assets.   

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and intangible asset write downs are non-cash charges since the valuations are being performed on assets acquired 
and related cash outflows from prior investments.   

Impairment of Other Long-lived Assets 

The  Fund  periodically  assesses  the  recoverability  of  values  assigned  to  long-lived  assets,  other  than  goodwill  and 
intangibles,  after  considering  the  potential  impairment  indicated  by  such  factors  as  business  and  market  trends,  the 
Company’s ability to transfer the assets, future prospects, current market value and other economic factors.   In performing 
its review of recoverability, management estimates the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and 
their  potential  disposition.    If  the  sum  of  the  expected  future  cash  flows  is  less  than  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets 
generating those cash flows, an impairment loss would be recognized based on the excess of the carrying amounts of the 
assets  over  their  estimated  recoverable  value.    The  underlying  estimates  for  cash flows  include  estimates  for future  sales, 
gross  margin  rates  and  operating  expenses.    Changes  which  may  impact  these  estimates  include,  but  are  not  limited  to, 
business risks and uncertainties and economic conditions.  To the extent that management’s estimates are not realized, future 
assessments  could  result  in  impairment  charges  that  may  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Fund’s  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The  Fund  has  applied  discounted  cash  flow  methods  to  establish  the  fair  value  and  carrying  values  of  certain  financial 
liabilities and equity instruments recorded on the balance sheet, as well as disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.   

The  Fund  also  obtains  mark-to-market  valuations  of  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  or  other  derivative  instruments, 
which are assumed to represent the current fair value of these instruments.  These valuations rely on assumptions regarding 
future interest and exchange rates as well as other economic indicators, which at the time of establishing the fair value for 
disclosure, have a high degree of uncertainty.  Unrealized gains or losses on these derivative financial instruments may not 
be realized as markets change.  

Income Taxes 

The Fund is subject to income tax in several jurisdictions and significant estimates are used to determine the provision for 
income  taxes.  During  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  there  are  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax 
determination is uncertain. As a result, the company recognizes tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes 
and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite the Fund’s belief that its tax return positions are 
supportable, the Fund believes that certain positions are likely to be challenged and may not be fully sustained upon review 
by tax authorities. The company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all open audit years based on its 
assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. To the extent that the final tax outcome 
of  these  matters  is  different  than  the  amounts  recorded,  such differences  will  impact  income  tax  expense  in  the period  in 
which such determination is made. 

FUTURE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS 

The following is an overview of accounting standard changes that the Fund will be required to adopt in future years: 

The  IASB  intends  to  replace  IAS  39  “Financial  Instruments:  Recognition  and  Measurement”  in  its  entirety  with  IFRS  9 
“Financial  Instruments”  in  three  main  phases.  IFRS  9  will  be  the  new  standard  for  the  financial  reporting  of  financial 
instruments that is principles-based and less complex than IAS 39, and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2015, with earlier adoption permitted. The Fund is currently evaluating the impact the final standard is expected 
to have on its financial statements. 

In  May  2011,  the  IASB  issued  the  following  standards  which  have  not  yet  been  adopted  by  the  Fund:  IFRS  10 
“Consolidated Financial Statements”, IFRS 11 ”Joint Arrangements”, IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities”, 
IFRS  13  “Fair  Value  Measurement”  and  amended  IAS  27  “Separate  Financial  Statements”  and  IAS  28  “Investments  in 
Associates and Joint Ventures”. Each of the new standards and amendments is effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The Fund has not yet begun the process of assessing the impact that the 
new and amended standards will have on its financial statements or whether to early adopt any of the new requirements. 

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS 

Management’s responsibility for financial information contained in this Annual Report is described on page 49.  In addition, 
the  Fund’s  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  has  reviewed  this  Annual  Report,  and  the  Board  of  Trustees  has 
reviewed and approved this Annual Report prior to its release.  The Fund is committed to providing timely, accurate and 
balanced disclosure of all material information about the Fund and to providing fair and equal access to such information.  
As of December 31, 2011, the Fund’s management evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure 
controls  and procedures,  as defined under the  rules  adopted  by  the  Canadian  securities  regulatory  authorities.    Disclosure 
controls  are  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  reports  filed  with  securities 
regulatory  authorities  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  on  a  timely  basis,  and  is  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  the  Fund’s  management,  including  the  CEO  and  the  CFO,  as  appropriate,  to  allow  timely  decisions 
regarding required disclosure.  

The Fund’s management, including the CEO and the CFO, does not expect that the Fund’s disclosure controls will prevent 
or detect all misstatements due to error or fraud.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, an evaluation of 
controls can provide only reasonable, not absolute assurance, that all control issues and instances of fraud or error, if any, 
within the Fund have been detected.  The Fund is continually evolving and enhancing its systems of controls and procedures.  
Based on the evaluation of disclosure controls, the CEO and the CFO have concluded that, subject to the inherent limitations 
noted above, the Fund’s disclosure controls are effective in ensuring that material information relating to the Fund is made 
known to management on a timely basis, and is fairly presented in all material respects in this Annual Report. 

CERTIFICATION ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

Management is responsible for the design and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in order to provide 
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external 
purposes in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles which incorporates International Financial 
Reporting Standards for publicly accountable enterprises.  The Fund’s management, including the CEO and the CFO, does 
not expect that the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all misstatements due to error or 
fraud.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, an evaluation of controls can provide only reasonable, not 
absolute assurance, that all control issues and instances of fraud or error, if any, within the Fund have been detected.  The 
Fund is continually evolving and enhancing its systems of internal controls over financial reporting.   The CEO and CFO of 
the Fund have evaluated the design and effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting as at the end of 
the period covered by the annual filings and have concluded that, subject to the inherent limitations noted above, the controls 
are sufficient to provide reasonable assurance.  The design of internal controls at Cars has been considered and based on the 
pre-existing controls in place and oversight controls implemented, management has not identified any areas of immediate 
concern with respect to disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls.  However, due to the short period since the 
acquisition, a full assessment has not been completed.  As a result, management has noted this limitation in the certificates 
and provide the following summary information with respect to Cars.  During the six month period ending December 31, 
2011 Cars reported sales of $34.0 million and net earnings of $1.4 million.  As at December 31, 2011, Cars reported current 
assets  of  $3.5  million,  current  liabilities  of  $5.9  million,  $23.8  million  of  long-term  assets  and  $9.4  million  of  long-term 
liabilities.   

In  addition,  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  there  have  been  no  changes  in  the  Fund’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Fund’s internal control over financial 
reporting.    

BUSINESS RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

The  following  information  is  a  summary  of  certain  risk  factors  relating  to  the  business  of  the  Fund  and  Boyd,  and  is 
qualified in its entirety by reference to, and must be read in conjunction with, the detailed information appearing elsewhere 
in this Annual Report and the documents incorporated by reference herein.   

The Fund and the Company are subject to certain risks inherent in the operation of the business.  The Fund manages risk and 
risk  exposures  through  a  combination  of  management  oversight,  insurance,  its  system  of  internal  control  and  sound 
operating practices. 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board of Trustees has the responsibility to identify the principal risks of the Fund’s business and ensure that appropriate 
systems are in place to manage these risks.  The Audit Committee has the responsibility to discuss with management the 
Fund's major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including 
the  Fund's  risk  assessment  and  risk  management  policies.    In  order  to  support  these  responsibilities,  management  has  an 
active risk management committee which meets on an ongoing basis to evaluate and assess the Fund’s risks.   

The  process  being  followed  by  the  management  risk  committee  is  a  systematic  one  which  includes  identifying  risks; 
analyzing  the  likelihood  and  consequence  of  risks;  and  then  evaluating  risks  as  to  our  risk  tolerance  and  control 
effectiveness.  This approach stratifies risks into four risk categories as follows: 

Extreme Risks:   

Immediate/ongoing action is required – involvement of senior management is required.  Avoidance of 
the item may be necessary if risk reduction techniques are insufficient to address the risk. 

High Risks:   

Risk item is significant and management responsibility should be specified and appropriate action 
taken.   

Moderate Risks:  

Managed by specific monitoring or response procedures.  Additional risk mitigation techniques could 
be considered if benefits exceed the cost. 

Low Risks:   

Managed by routine procedures.  No further action is required at this time.  

Risks can be reduced by limiting the likelihood or the consequence of a particular risk.  This can be achieved by adjusting 
the  company’s  activities,  implementing  additional  control/monitoring  processes,  or  insuring/  hedging  against  certain 
outcomes.  Residual risk remains after mitigation and control techniques are applied to an identified risk.  Awareness of the 
residual risk that the Fund ultimately accepts is a key benefit of the risk management process.  

The following describes the risks that are most material to the Fund’s business.  This is not, however, a complete list of the 
potential risks the Fund faces.  There may be other risks that the Fund is not aware of, or risks that are not material today 
that could become material in the future. 

Dependence upon The Boyd Group Inc. and its Subsidiaries 

The  Fund  is  an  unincorporated  open-ended,  limited  purpose  mutual  fund  trust  which  will  be  entirely  dependent  upon  the 
operations and assets of the Company through the Fund’s ownership of the Notes, Class I and Class IV shares of Company.  
Accordingly,  the  Fund’s  ability  to  make  cash  distributions  to  the  unitholders  will  be  dependent  upon  the  ability  of  the 
Company and its subsidiaries to pay its interest obligations under the Notes and to declare dividends or other distributions. 

Cash Distributions Not Guaranteed 

The Fund and BGHI receive cash in the form of interest payments on the Notes and dividends from the Company.  The Fund 
and  BGHI  distribute  the  cash  they  receive,  net  of  expense  and  amounts  reserved,  to  Class  A  common  shareholders  and 
unitholders.  The actual amount of cash received and ultimately distributed by the Fund and BGHI in the future will depend 
upon  numerous  factors,  including  profitability,  fluctuations  in  working  capital,  sustainability  of  margins,  required  capital 
expenditures, the need to maintain productive capacity, required funding of long-term contractual obligations, repurchases of 
units, restrictions on distributions arising from compliance with financial debt covenants, taxation of distributions and debt 
repayments  expected  to  be  funded  by  cash  flows  generated  from  operations.    There  can  be  no  assurance  regarding  the 
amount of distributable cash generated by the Company, and therefore no assurance as to the amount of cash which may be 
distributed by the Fund or BGHI in the future. 

Inability to Successfully Integrate Acquisitions 

A key element of the Company’s strategy is to successfully integrate acquired businesses in order to sustain and enhance 
profitability.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to profitably integrate and manage additional repair 
facilities.  Successful integration can depend upon a number of factors, including the ability to retain and motivate certain 
key  management  and  staff,  retaining  and  leveraging  customer  and  supplier  relationships  and  implementing  standardized 
procedures  and  best  practices.    In  the  event  that  any  significant  acquisition  cannot  be  successfully  integrated  into  Boyd’s 
operations or performs below expectations, the business could be materially and adversely affected.   

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Economic Downturn  

While  the  current  economic  outlook  has  improved  compared  to  a  year  ago,  regions  where  the  Company  operates  could 
remain  significantly  challenged  for  an  indeterminate  period  of  time.    Historically  the  auto  collision  repair  industry  has 
proven  to  be  somewhat  resistant  to  economic  downturns  along  with  the  accompanying  unemployment,  and  while  the 
Company works to mitigate the affect of economic downturn on its operations, economic conditions, which are beyond the 
Company’s control, could lead to a decrease in repair claims volumes due to fewer miles driven or due to vehicle owners 
being less inclined to have their vehicles repaired. It is difficult to predict the severity and the duration of any decrease in 
claims volumes resulting from an economic downturn and the accompanying unemployment and what affect it may have on 
the auto collision repair industry, in general, and the financial performance of the Company in particular. There can be no 
assurance that an economic downturn would not negatively affect the financial performance of the Company. 

Operational Performance 

In order to compete in the market place, the Company must consistently meet the operational performance metrics expected 
by its customers.  Failing to deliver on metrics such as cycle time, quality of repair, customer satisfaction and cost of repair 
can, over time, result in reductions to repair volumes.   The Company has implemented extensive measuring and monitoring 
systems to assist it in delivering on these key metrics.  However, there are no guarantees that the Company will be able to 
continue to deliver on these metrics or that the metrics themselves won’t change in the future. 

Rapid Growth 

The Company has grown rapidly of late, through acquisitions as well as single location growth opportunities. Rapid growth 
can  put  a  strain  on  managerial,  operational,  financial,  human  and  other  resources.  Risks  related  to  rapid  growth  include 
administrative and operational challenges such as the management of an expanded number of locations, the assimilation of 
financial reporting systems, technology and other systems of acquired companies, increased pressure on senior management 
and  increased  demand  on  our  systems  and  internal  controls.  The  ability  of  our  Company  to  manage  its  operations  and 
expansion effectively depends on the continued development and implementation of plans, systems and controls that meet 
its operational, financial and management needs. If Boyd is unable to develop or implement these plans, systems or controls 
or otherwise manage its operations and growth effectively, the Company will be unable to maintain or increase margins or 
achieve sustained profitability, and the business could be harmed. 

Loss of Key Customers 

A high percentage of the Company’s revenues are derived from insurance companies in both government owned and private 
insurance markets.  Over the past two decades many private insurance companies have implemented DRP’s with collision 
repair  operators  who  have  been  recognized  as  consistent  high  quality,  performance  based  repairers  in  the  industry.    The 
Company’s  ability  to  continue  to  grow  its  business  in  these  markets,  as  well  as  maintain  existing  business  volume  and 
pricing, is largely reliant on its ability to maintain these DRP relationships.  The Company continues to develop and monitor 
these relationships through ongoing measurement of the success factors considered critical by the insurance customer.  The 
loss of any existing material DRP relationships could have a materially  adverse effect on Boyd’s operations and business 
prospects.  Of the top five non-government owned insurance companies that the Company deals with, which in aggregate 
account for approximately 41% (2010 – 37%) of total sales, one insurance company represents approximately 14% (2010 – 
12%)  of the Company’s total sales, while a second insurance company represents approximately 11% (2010 – 10%). 

DRP  relationships  are  governed  by  agreements  that  are  usually  cancellable  upon  short  notice.    These  relationships  can 
change quickly, both in terms of pricing and volumes, depending upon collision repair shop performance, cycle time, cost of 
repair,  customer  satisfaction,  competition,  insurance  company  management  and  program  changes  and  general  economic 
activity.    To  mitigate  this  risk,  management  fosters  close  working  relationships  with  its  customers  and  the  Company 
continually seeks to diversify and grow its customer base both in Canada and the U.S.  There can be no assurance given that 
relationships with DRP customers will not change in the future which could impair Boyd’s revenues and result in a material 
adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

Brand Management and Reputation 

The Company’s success is impacted by its ability to protect, maintain and enhance the value of its brands.  Brand value can 
be  damaged  by  isolated  incidents,  particularly  if  the  incident  receives  considerable  publicity  or  if  it  draws  litigation.  
Incidents may occur from events beyond the Company’s control or may be isolated to actions that occur in one particular 
location.  Demand for the Company’s services could diminish significantly if an incident or other matter damages its brand 
37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
or  erodes  the  confidence  of  its  public  or  private  insurance  company  customers  or  directly  with  the  vehicle  owners 
themselves.  With the advent of the Internet and the evolution of social media there is an increased ability for individuals to 
adversely affect the brand and reputation of the Company.  There can be no assurance that future incidents may negatively 
affect the Company’s brand or reputation. 

Insurance Risk 

The  Fund  insures  its  property,  plant  and  equipment,  including  vehicles  through  insurance  policies  with  insurance  carriers 
located  in  Canada  and  the  U.S.    Included  within  these  policies  is  insurance  protection  against  property  loss  and  general 
liability.  The Fund also insures its directors and officers against liabilities arising from errors, omissions and wrongful acts.  
Management uses its knowledge, as well as the knowledge of experienced brokers, to ensure that insurable risks are insured 
appropriately  under  terms  and  conditions  that  would  protect  the  Fund  and  its  subsidiaries  from  losses.  There  can  be  no 
assurance that all perils would be fully covered or that a material loss would be recoverable under such insurance policies. 

Quality of Corporate Governance 

On December 31, 2005 amendments were brought into force within the Securities Act (Ontario) that introduced statutory 
civil  liability  for  misrepresentations  in  continuous  disclosure  documents  including  failure  to  make  timely  disclosure.  The 
amendments,  for  the  first  time,  created  a  statutory  civil  liability  for  continuous  disclosure  to  the  secondary  market.  The 
amendments  created  a  right  of  action  for  investors  who  are  harmed  by  a  misrepresentation  in  an  issuer’s  disclosure 
document or in a public oral statement relating to an issuer, or the failure of an issuer to make timely disclosure of a material 
change.    Potentially  liable  parties  include  the  issuer,  each  officer  or  Trustee  of  the  issuer  who  authorizes,  permits  or 
acquiesces in the release of the document containing a misrepresentation, the making of the public statement containing a 
misrepresentation or in the failure to make a timely disclosure. 

Under the Ontario Securities Act, section 138.4(6), a due diligence defense is available. The due diligence defense requires 
the following items to be addressed: 

• 
• 
• 

the issuer must have a system designed to ensure the issuer is meeting its disclosure obligations;  
the defendant must have conducted a reasonable investigation to support reliance on the system; and  
defendants  must  have  no  reasonable  grounds  to  believe  that  the  document  or  a  public  oral  statement  contained  a 
misrepresentation or that the failure to make the required disclosure would occur.  

The Fund is keenly aware of the significance of the amendments and the interrelationships between civil liability, disclosure 
controls and good governance.  The Fund has adopted policies, practices and processes to reduce the risk of a governance or 
control  breakdown.    A  statement  of  the  Fund’s  governance  practices  is  included  in  the  Fund’s  most  recent  information 
circular which can be found at www.sedar.com.  Although the Fund believes it follows good corporate governance practices, 
there can be no assurance that these practices will eliminate or mitigate the impact of a material lawsuit in this area. 

Tax Position Risk 

The Fund and its subsidiary account for its income tax positions in accordance with accounting standards for income taxes, 
which require that that the Company recognize in the financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is 
more likely than not of being sustained on examination by taxation authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  

Inherent risks and uncertainties can arise over tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, with respect to matters including 
but not limited to transfer pricing, inter-company charges and allocations, financing charges, fees, related party transactions, 
tax credits, tax based incentives and stock based transactions. Management uses tax experts to assist the Fund in correctly 
applying  the  tax  rules,  however  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  a  position  taken  won’t  be  challenged  by  the  taxation 
authorities that could result in an unexpected material financial obligation. 

Risk of Litigation 

The Fund and its subsidiaries could become involved in various legal actions in the ordinary course of business. Litigation 
loss  accruals  may  be  established  if  it  becomes  probable  that  the  Fund  will  incur  an  expense  and  the  amount  can  be 
reasonably  estimated.  The  Fund’s  management  and  internal  and  external  experts  are  involved  in  assessing  the probability 
and  in  estimating  any  amounts  involved.  Changes  in  these  assessments  may  lead  to  changes  in  recorded  loss  accruals. 
Claims are reviewed on a case by case basis, taking into consideration all information available to the Fund. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The actual costs of resolving claims could be substantially higher or lower than the amounts accrued. In certain cases, legal 
claims may be covered under the Fund’s various insurance policies. 

Acquisition Risk 

The  Company’s  plans  to  continue  to  increase  revenues  and  earnings  through  the  acquisition  of  additional  collision  repair 
facilities  and  other  businesses.    The  Company  follows  a  detailed  process  of  due  diligence  and  approvals  to  limit  the 
possibility  of  acquiring  a  non-performing  location.    However,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  locations  acquired  will 
achieve sales and profitability levels to justify the Company’s investment.   

Credit & Refinancing Risks 

The Company and its subsidiaries use financial leverage through the use of debt which have debt service obligations.  The 
Company’s ability to make scheduled payments of interest or principal on, or to refinance, its indebtedness will depend on 
its  future  operating  performance  and  cash  flow,  which  are  subject  to  prevailing  economic  conditions,  prevailing  interest 
rates, and financial, competitive, business and other factors many of which are beyond its control. 

The Company’s Canadian operating and U.S. term debt facilities contain restrictive covenants that limit the discretion of the 
Company’s management and the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, to make acquisitions of collision 
repair businesses, to create liens or other encumbrances, to pay dividends and fund distributions, to redeem any equity or 
debt or make certain other payments, investments, capital expenditures, loans or guarantees and to sell or otherwise dispose 
of  assets  and  merge  or  consolidate  with  another  entity.    In  addition,  the  credit  facilities  contain  a  number  of  financial 
covenants that require the Company and other restricted parties to meet certain financial ratios and financial condition tests.  
A failure to comply with the obligations under these credit facilities could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or 
waived, could permit acceleration of the relevant indebtedness.  In addition, there are cross default provisions in both the 
Canadian  operating  and  U.S.  term  facilities  that  would,  if  an  event  of  default  were  to  occur  in  either  agreement,  cause 
acceleration of the indebtedness of both facilities.  Such default would also trigger the potential to repay the unamortized 
balance  of  prepaid  rebates.    If  the  indebtedness  were  to  be  accelerated,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  assets  of  the 
Company and its subsidiaries would be sufficient to repay the indebtedness in full.  There can also be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to refinance the credit facilities as and when they mature.  The U.S. bank debt is secured by certain 
assets of the Company and is also guaranteed by a third party, which Boyd has indemnified.  There can be no assurance that 
the Company can replace this debt without the support of a third party guarantee.  

Dependence on Key Personnel 

The success of the Company is dependent on the services of a number of members of  management.  The experience and 
talent of these individuals is a significant factor in Boyd’s continued success and growth.  The loss of one or more of these 
individuals could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business operations and prospects.  The Company has 
entered into management agreements with key members of management in order to mitigate this risk.   

Employee Relations 

Boyd currently employs approximately 2,800 people, of which 480 are in Canada and 2,320 are in the U.S.   The current 
work  force  is  not  unionized,  except  for  approximately  30  employees  located  in  the  U.S.  who  are  subject  to  two  separate 
collective bargaining agreements.  In addition, the automobile collision repair industry typically experiences high employee 
turnover rates.  Although the Company believes that it is on good terms with its employees, there are no assurances that a 
disruption  in  service  would  not  occur  as  a  result  of  employee  unrest  or  employee  turnover.    There  is  no  guarantee  that  a 
significant work disruption or the inability to maintain or replace existing staff levels would not have a material effect on the 
Fund. 

Decline in Number of Insurance Claims 

The  automobile  collision  repair  industry  is  dependent  on  the  number  of  accidents  which  occur  and,  for  the  most  part, 
become repairable insurance claims.  The volume of accidents and related insurance claims can be significantly impacted by 
changes in technology such as collision avoidance systems and other safety improvements made to vehicles.  Other changes 
which have and can continue to affect insurance claim volumes include, but are not limited to, general economic conditions, 
unemployment rates, changing demographics, vehicle miles driven, insurance policy deductibles, auto insurance premiums, 
photo radar and graduated licensing.  In addition, repairable claims volumes have been and can continue to be impacted by 
an  increased  number  of  non-repairable  claims  or  “write-offs”.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  a  significant  decline  in 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
insurance  claims  will  not  occur,  which  could  impair  Boyd’s  revenues  and  result  in  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the 
Company’s business. 

Market Environment Change 

The collision repair market is subject to continual change in terms of regulations, technology, repair processes and changes 
in the strategic direction of customers, suppliers and competitors.  The Company endeavors to stay abreast of developments 
in  the  industry  and  make  strategic  decisions  to  manage  through  these  changes.    In  certain  situations,  the  Company  is 
involved in leading change by anticipating or developing new methods to address changing market needs.  The Company 
however, may not be able to correctly anticipate the need for change or may not effectively implement changes to maintain 
or improve its relative position with competitors. There can be no assurance that market environment changes will not occur 
that could negatively affect the financial performance of the Company. 

Reliance on Technology 

As is the case with most businesses in today’s environment, there is a risk associated with Boyd’s reliance on computerized 
operational and reporting systems.  Boyd makes reasonable efforts to ensure that back-up systems and redundancies are in 
place and functioning appropriately.  Boyd has longer-term disaster recovery programs to protect against significant system 
failures.    Although  a  computer  system  failure would  not be  expected  to  critically  damage  the  Company  in  the  long  term, 
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  a  computer  system  crash  or  like  event  would  not  have  a  material  impact  on  its  financial 
results. The Company has embarked upon a project to upgrade its management information systems.  A process of testing 
and  gradual  implementation  is  used  to  mitigate  any  material  risks  associated  with  this  change.    In  addition,  reliance  on 
technology in order to gain or maintain competitive advantage is becoming more significant and therefore the Company is 
faced with determining the appropriate level of investment in new technology in order to be competitive.  There can be no 
assurance that the Company will correctly identify or successfully implement the appropriate technology for its operations. 

Weather Conditions 

The  effect  of  weather  conditions  on  collision  repair  volume  represents  an  element  of  risk  to  the  Company’s  ability  to 
maintain  sales.    Historically,  extremely  mild  winters  and  dry  weather  conditions  have  had  a  negative  impact  on  collision 
repair sales volumes.  Even with market share gains, this type of weather related decline in market size can result in sales 
declines which could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

Expansion into New Markets 

Boyd views the United States as having significant potential for further market expansion of its business.  There can be no 
assurance that any market for the Company’s services and products will develop either at the local, state or national level.  
Economic  instability,  laws  and  regulations  and  the  presence  of  competition  in  all  or  certain  jurisdictions  may  limit  the 
Company’s capability to successfully expand operations into the United States.  

Fluctuations in Operating Results and Seasonality 

The  Company’s  operating  results  have  been  and  are  expected  to  continue  to  be  subject  to  quarterly  fluctuations  due  to  a 
variety  of  factors  including  changes  in  customer  purchasing  patterns,  pricing  policies,  general  operating  effectiveness, 
general  and  regional  economic  downturns,  unemployment  rates  and  weather  conditions.    These  factors  can  affect  Boyd’s 
ability to fund ongoing operations and finance future activities.  

Increased Government Regulation and Tax Risk 

The Fund, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various federal, provincial, state and local laws, regulations and 
taxation  authorities.    Various  federal,  provincial,  state  and  local  agencies  as  well  as  other  governmental  departments 
administer such laws, regulations and their related rules and policies.  New laws governing the Fund or its business could be 
enacted or changes or amendments to existing laws and regulations could be enacted which could have a significant impact 
on Boyd.   The Fund utilizes the services of professional advisors in the areas of taxation, environmental, health and safety, 
labor and general business law to mitigate the risk of non-compliance.  Failure by the Fund to comply with the applicable 
laws, regulations or tax changes may subject it to civil or regulatory proceedings and no assurance can be given that this 
may not have a material impact on the Fund or its financial results. 

Environment Canada has regulations to limit emissions pollutants used in a number of consumer and commercial products 
including  automotive  paint  and  coatings.    As  a  result,  the  automobile  collision  repair  industry  in  Canada  has  adapted  its 
40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
current  refinish  processes  and  equipment  to  waterborne  basecoat  technology.    The  Company  converts  all  new  U.S. 
operations  to  waterborne  basecoat  technology  and  will  have  converted  all  new  locations  since  August  2009,  including 
True2Form, Cars and Master.  Although to date, there have been no negative consequences to this conversion there can be 
no  assurance  that  conversion  to  this  new  technology  or  compliance  with  the  proposed  new  legislation  will  not  have  a 
material adverse affect on the Fund’s business or financial results. 

The  Fund  has  investigated  and  evaluated  its  structuring  alternatives  in  connection  with  the  Specified  Investment  Flow-
through (“SIFT”) rules with a view of preserving and maximizing unitholder value.  Based upon its investigation, analysis 
and due diligence to date, and given its current size and circumstances, the Fund has determined that a change to a share 
corporation  structure  at  this  time  would not  be  advantageous  to  the Fund or  its  unitholders.    This determination has  been 
made based on several reasons.  First, the Fund does not believe it will achieve any net tax savings by converting.  Second, 
the Fund believes that the cost of conversion, which it estimates to be between $500,000 and $1 million, is not a prudent use 
of cash and is not justified by any perceived benefits from conversion for a fund of our size.  Third, to the extent that the 
Fund pays SIFT tax it believes that its taxable unitholders will benefit from the lower tax rate on distributions received, as it 
expects to be able to maintain distributions, despite any trust tax that the Fund will incur.   

On  December  15,  2010  the  Trustees  of  the  Fund  approved  an  internal  capital  restructuring  plan  that  better  reflects  its 
significant  U.S.  base  of  business  and  its  expected  source  of  future  growth.    A  consequence  of  this  restructuring  is  that 
distributions to unitholders will be funded almost entirely by its U.S. operations.  Fund distributions that are sourced from 
U.S. business earnings are not subject to the SIFT tax.   

On July 14, 2008 the Minister of Finance released draft legislative proposals that contain the rules for allowing a SIFT trust 
to  convert  into  a  publicly  traded  corporation  without  adverse  consequences  for  the  trust  or  its  unitholders.    The  SIFT 
conversion rules will apply to conversions that are effected after July 14, 2008 and before 2013.  The Fund is in the process 
of determining if it is advantageous to utilize these rollover rules before December 31, 2012. 

There  can  be  no  assurance  given  that  this  course  of  action  may  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Fund  or  its  financial 
results. 

Execution on New Strategies 

New initiatives are introduced from time to time in order to grow Boyd’s business.  Initiatives such as entering new markets 
or  introducing  related  products  and  services  have  the  potential  to  be  accretive  to  the  Company’s  business  when  the 
opportunity is accurately identified and executed.   There can be no assurance that the Company identifies new strategies 
that are accretive to the business or that it is successful in implementing such opportunities. 

Operating Hazards 

The  Company’s  revenues  are  dependent  upon  the  continued  operation  of  its  facilities,  which  can  experience  a  failure  or 
substandard  performance  of  equipment,  natural  disasters,  suspension  of  operations,  the  effect  of  new  regulatory 
requirements regarding the operations of such facilities and claims of injury by employees or members of the public among 
other risks. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to continue to operate its facilities free of impact from 
these risks.  

Energy Costs 

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in the price of energy, particularly petroleum based products.  These costs not only 
impact  the  costs  associated  with  occupying  and  operating  collision  repair  facilities  but  may  also  affect  costs  of  parts  and 
materials used in the repair process as well as miles driven by automobile owners.  There can be no assurance that escalating 
costs which cannot be offset by energy conservation practices, price increases to customers or productivity gains, would not 
result  in  materially  lower  operating  margins.    As  well,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  escalating  energy  costs  will  not 
materially reduce automobile miles driven and in turn reduce the number of collisions. 

U.S. Health Care Costs and Workers Compensation Claims 

The  Fund  accrues  for  the  estimated  amount  of  U.S.  health  care  claims  and  workers  compensation  claims  that  may  have 
occurred  but  were  not  reported  at  the  end  of  the  year  under  its  health  care  plans.    The  accruals  are  based  upon  the 
Company’s knowledge of current claims as well as third party estimates derived from past experience.  A significant claim 
occurrence  which  remains  unreported  for  a  number  of  months  could  materially  impact  this  accrual.    In  addition,  as  U.S 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
health care costs increase, there can be no assurance given that the Company can continue to offer health care insurance to 
its employees at a reasonable cost.  

Low Capture Rates 

Sales  growth  can  be  enhanced  if  the  Company  is  effective  at  booking  repair  orders  for  all  sales  opportunities  that  are 
identified.  The Company is exposed to missing out on opportunities to the extent employees are ineffective at capturing all 
sales  opportunities.    Measurement  of  capture  rates,  management  support  and  training  are  methods  that  are  employed  to 
enhance  capture  rates.    However,  it  is  possible  that  the  Company  may  not  be  able  to  capture  sales  effectively  enough  to 
maximize sales. 

Key Supplier Relationships 

The Company has entered into key supplier relationships that have provided the Company with, among other things, prepaid 
rebates  which  are  being  amortized  to  earnings  over  time.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  prepaid  rebate  funding  will 
continue  to  be  available  if  Boyd  cannot  meet  the  conditions  for  the  funding  or  that  new  funding  will  be  available  if  the 
supplier is unable to fulfill its obligations.   

Capital Expenditures 

The business of the Company requires ongoing capital maintenance.  Moreover, opportunities may arise for capital upgrades 
providing cost savings that may not be realized in the immediate future but, rather, over several years.  To the extent that 
capital expenditures are in excess of amounts budgeted, the amounts of cash available for distribution may decrease.  

Competition 

The  collision  repair  industry  in  North  America,  estimated  at  approximately  $30  to  40  billion  U.S.  is  very  competitive.  
Competition in this industry exists mainly on a regional basis with the main competitive factors being price, service, quality 
and adherence to various insurance company performance indicators.  There can be no assurance that Boyd’s competitors 
will not achieve greater market acceptance due to pricing or other factors.   

Although  competition  exists  mainly  on  a  regional  basis,  Boyd  competes  with  a  small  number  of  other  multi-location 
collision  repair  operators,  in  multiple  markets  in  which  it  operates.    Insurers  are  recognizing  the  benefits  associated  with 
utilizing  the  larger  collision  repair  consolidators  in  multiple  markets  and  as  such,  more  and  more  DRP  relationships  are 
becoming national in scope.  The Company estimates that, as a group, multi-location operators have approximately a 10% 
market share.  The Company anticipates facing increasing competition in the markets in which it operates. 

Given these industry characteristics, existing or new competitors may become significantly larger and have greater financial 
and  marketing  resources  than  Boyd.    These  competitors  may  compete  with  Boyd  in  rendering  services  in  the  markets  in 
which Boyd currently operates and also in seeking existing facilities to acquire or new locations to open in markets in which 
Boyd desires to expand.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain or achieve its desired market 
share. 

Potential Undisclosed Liabilities Associated with Acquisitions 

To the extent that the prior owners of businesses acquired by Boyd failed to comply with or otherwise violated applicable 
laws,  the  Company,  as  the  successor  owner,  may  be  financially  responsible  for  these  violations  and  any  associated 
undisclosed  liability.    The  discovery  of  any  material  liabilities,  including  but  not  limited  to  tax,  legal  and  environmental 
liabilities, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and future prospects.  The 
Company  seeks,  through  systematic  investigation  and  due  diligence,  and  through  indemnification  by  former  owners,  to 
minimize the risk of material undisclosed liabilities associated with acquisitions. 

Foreign Currency Risk 

In the past, the Company has financed acquisitions of U.S. businesses in part by making U.S. denominated loans available 
under its credit facilities that could then be serviced and repaid from anticipated future U.S. earnings streams.  Although this 
natural hedging strategy is partially effective in mitigating future foreign currency risks, a substantial portion of Boyd’s 
revenue and cash flow are now, and are expected to continue to be, generated in U.S. dollars.  Fluctuations in exchange rates 
between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. currency may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reported earnings 
and cash flows and its ability to make future Canadian dollar cash distributions.   

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There can be no guarantee that fluctuations in the U.S dollar relative to the Canadian dollar can be hedged effectively for 
long periods of time and there can be no assurances given that currency hedges or partial hedges in place today will remain 
effective in the future. 

Margin Pressure 

The Company’s costs to repair vehicles, including the cost of parts, materials and labour are market driven and can fluctuate 
either suddenly or over time.  The Company is not always able to pass these cost increases on to end users in the form of 
higher  selling  prices  to  its  public  and  private  insurance  company  customers.    As  a  result,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that 
increases in the costs to repair vehicles will ultimately be recoverable from its customers. While negotiations with insurance 
companies  and  other  influencing  factors  over  time  can  result  in  selling  price  increases,  the  timing  and  extent  of  such 
increases  is  not  determinable.  As  a  result,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  increases  in  the  costs  to  repair  vehicles  will 
ultimately be recoverable from the Company’s customers. 

Acquisition and Start-Up Growth and Ongoing Access to Capital 

The Company grows, in part, through future acquisitions or start-up of collision and glass repair and replacement businesses, 
or other businesses.  There can be no assurance that Boyd will have sufficient capital resources available to implement its 
growth strategy.  Inability to receive supplier funding and/or to raise new capital, in the form of debt or equity, could limit 
Boyd’s future growth by acquisition or start-up.   

The Company will endeavour, through a variety of strategies, to ensure in advance that it has sufficient capital for growth.  
Potential sources of capital that the Company has been successful at accessing in the past include public and private equity 
placements, using equity securities to directly pay for a portion of acquisitions, capital available through strategic alliances 
with  trading  partners,  vendor  financing,  lease  financing  and  both  senior  and  subordinate  debt  facilities.    There  can  be  no 
assurance that the Company will be successful in accessing these or other sources of capital in the future. 

Environmental, Health and Safety Risk  

The nature of the collision repair business means that hazardous substances must be used, which could cause damage to the 
environment or individuals if not handled properly.  The Company’s environmental protection policy requires environmental 
site assessments to be performed on all business locations prior to acquisition, start-up or relocation so that any existing or 
potential environmental situations can be remedied or otherwise appropriately addressed.  It is also Boyd’s practice to secure 
environmental  indemnification  from  landlords  and  former  owners  of  acquired  collision  repair  businesses,  where  such 
indemnification  is  available.    Boyd  also  engages  a  private  environmental  consulting  firm  to  perform  regular  compliance 
reviews to ensure that the Company’s environmental and health and safety policies are followed. 

To date, the Company has not encountered any environmental protection requirements or issues which would be expected to 
have a material financial or operational effect on its current business and it is not aware of any material environmental issues 
that could have a material impact on future results or prospects.  No assurance can be given, however, that the prior activities 
of Boyd, or its predecessors, or the activities of a prior owner or lessee, have not created a material environmental problem 
or that future uses will not result in the imposition of material environmental, health or safety liability upon Boyd.  

Interest Rates 

The Company occasionally fixes the interest rate on its debt using interest rate swap contracts or other provisions available 
in its debt facilities.  There can be no guarantee that interest rate swaps or other contract terms that effectively turn variable 
rate debt into fixed rates will be an effective hedge against long term interest rate fluctuations. 

The  Company  has  not  fixed  interest  rates  on  either  its  operating  line  of  credit  or  its  U.S.  senior  secured  bank  term  debt 
facility.  There can be no assurance that interest rates either in Canada or the U.S. will not increase in the future, which could 
result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s business. 

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORM 52-109F1 
CERTIFICATION OF ANNUAL FILINGS 
FULL CERTIFICATE 

I, Brock Bulbuck, Chief Executive Officer, Boyd Group Income Fund, certify the following: 

1.  Review:    I  have  reviewed  the  AIF,  if  any,  annual  financial  statements  and  annual  MD&A,  including,  for  greater 
certainty,  all  documents  and  information  that  are  incorporated  by  reference  in  the  AIF  (together,  the  “annual 
filings”) of Boyd Group Income Fund (the “issuer”) for the financial year ended December 31, 2011. 

2.  No misrepresentations:  Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual filings do not 
contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  required  to  be  stated  or  that  is 
necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, for the period 
covered by the annual filings. 

3.  Fair presentation:  Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual financial statements 
together with the other financial information included in the annual filings fairly present in all material respects the 
financial  condition,  financial  performance  and  cash  flows  of  the  issuer,  as  of  the  date  of  and  for  the  periods 
presented in the annual filings. 

4.  Responsibility:    The  issuer’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are 
defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the 
issuer. 

5.  Design:    Subject  to  the  limitations,  if  any,  described  in  paragraphs  5.2  and  5.3,  the  issuer’s  other  certifying 

officer(s) and I have, as at the financial year end  

(a) 

designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that 

(i) 

(ii) 

material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the 
period in which the annual filings are being prepared; and 

information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the  issuer  in  its  annual  filings,  interim  filings  or  other 
reports  filed  or  submitted  by  it  under  securities  legislation  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and 

(b) 

designed  ICFR,  or  caused  it  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP. 

5.1  Control framework:  The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s 
ICFR  is  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework,  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission. 

5.2  ICFR – material weakness relating to design:  N/A 

5.3  Limitation on scope of design:  The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A 

(a)  the  fact  that  the  issuer’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  limited  the  scope  of  our  design  of 

DC&P and ICFR to exclude controls, policies and procedures of   

i) 

ii) 

iii) 

N/A 

N/A 

A business that the issuer acquired not more than 365 days before the last day of 
the issuer’s financial year end; and 

(b)  summary financial information about the proportionately consolidated entity, special purpose entity 
or business  that  the  issuer  acquired  that has  been proportionately  consolidated or  consolidated  in 
the issuer’s financial statements. 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.  Evaluation:  The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have 

(a) 

(b) 

evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s DC&P at the 
financial  year  end  and  the  issuer  has  disclosed  in  its  annual  MD&A  our  conclusions  about  the 
effectiveness of DC&P at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and 

evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s ICFR at the 
financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A 

(i) 

our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  ICFR  at  the  financial  year  end  based  on  that 
evaluation; and 

(ii) 

N/A 

7.  Reporting changes in ICFR:  The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that 
occurred  during  the  period  beginning  on  October  1,  2011  and  ended  on  December  31,  2011  that  has  materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR. 

8.  Reporting  to  the  issuer’s  auditors  and  board  of  directors  or  audit  committee:    The  issuer’s  other  certifying 
officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of ICFR, to the issuer’s auditors, and the board 
of  directors  or  the  audit  committee  of  the  board  of  directors  any  fraud  that  involves  management  or  other 
employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s ICFR. 

Date:  March 23, 2012 

 (signed)  

Brock Bulbuck  
President & Chief Executive Officer 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORM 52-109F1 
CERTIFICATION OF ANNUAL FILINGS 
FULL CERTIFICATE 

I, Dan Dott, Chief Financial Officer, Boyd Group Income Fund, certify the following: 

1.  Review:    I  have  reviewed  the  AIF,  if  any,  annual  financial  statements  and  annual  MD&A,  including,  for  greater 
certainty,  all  documents  and  information  that  are  incorporated  by  reference  in  the  AIF  (together,  the  “annual 
filings”) of Boyd Group Income Fund (the “issuer”) for the financial year ended December 31, 2011. 

2.  No misrepresentations:  Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual filings do not 
contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  required  to  be  stated  or  that  is 
necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances under which it was made, for the period 
covered by the annual filings. 

3.  Fair presentation:  Based on my knowledge, having exercised reasonable diligence, the annual financial statements 
together with the other financial information included in the annual filings fairly present in all material respects the 
financial  condition,  financial  performance  and  cash  flows  of  the  issuer,  as  of  the  date  of  and  for  the  periods 
presented in the annual filings. 

4.  Responsibility:    The  issuer’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure controls and procedures (DC&P) and internal control over financial reporting (ICFR), as those terms are 
defined in National Instrument 52-109 Certification of Disclosure in Issuers’ Annual and Interim Filings, for the 
issuer. 

5.  Design:    Subject  to  the  limitations,  if  any,  described  in  paragraphs  5.2  and  5.3,  the  issuer’s  other  certifying 

officer(s) and I have, as at the financial year end  

(a) 

designed DC&P, or caused it to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance that 

(i) 

(ii) 

material information relating to the issuer is made known to us by others, particularly during the 
period in which the annual filings are being prepared; and 

information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the  issuer  in  its  annual  filings,  interim  filings  or  other 
reports  filed  or  submitted  by  it  under  securities  legislation  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized 
and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation; and 

(b) 

designed  ICFR,  or  caused  it  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with the issuer’s GAAP. 

5.1  Control framework:  The control framework the issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I used to design the issuer’s 
ICFR  is  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework,  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission. 

5.2  ICFR – material weakness relating to design:  N/A 

5.3  Limitation on scope of design:  The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A 

(a)  the  fact  that  the  issuer’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  have  limited  the  scope  of  our  design  of 

DC&P and ICFR to exclude controls, policies and procedures of   

i) 

ii) 

iii) 

N/A 

N/A 

A business that the issuer acquired not more than 365 days before the last day of 
the issuer’s financial year end; and 

(b)  summary financial information about the proportionately consolidated entity, special purpose entity 
or business  that  the  issuer  acquired  that has  been proportionately  consolidated or  consolidated  in 
the issuer’s financial statements. 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6.  Evaluation:  The issuer’s other certifying officer(s) and I have 

(a) 

(b) 

evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s DC&P at the 
financial  year  end  and  the  issuer  has  disclosed  in  its  annual  MD&A  our  conclusions  about  the 
effectiveness of DC&P at the financial year end based on that evaluation; and 

evaluated, or caused to be evaluated under our supervision, the effectiveness of the issuer’s ICFR at the 
financial year end and the issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A 

(i) 

our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  ICFR  at  the  financial  year  end  based  on  that 
evaluation; and 

(ii) 

N/A 

7.  Reporting changes in ICFR:  The issuer has disclosed in its annual MD&A any change in the issuer’s ICFR that 
occurred  during  the  period  beginning  on  October  1,  2011  and  ended  on  December  31,  2011  that  has  materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the issuer’s ICFR. 

8.  Reporting  to  the  issuer’s  auditors  and  board  of  directors  or  audit  committee:    The  issuer’s  other  certifying 
officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of ICFR, to the issuer’s auditors, and the board 
of  directors  or  the  audit  committee  of  the  board  of  directors  any  fraud  that  involves  management  or  other 
employees who have a significant role in the issuer’s ICFR. 

Date:  March 23, 2012 

(signed) 

Dan Dott, C.A. 
Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL REPORTING 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  by  management  in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.    Management  is  responsible  for  their  integrity,  objectivity  and  reliability,  and  for  the 
maintenance of financial and operating systems, which include effective controls, to provide reasonable assurance that the 
Fund’s assets are safeguarded and that reliable financial information is produced. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  is  responsible  for  ensuring  that  management  fulfills  its  responsibilities  for  financial  reporting, 
disclosure control and internal control.  The Board exercises these responsibilities through its Audit Committee, all members 
of  which  are  not  involved  in  the  daily  activities  of  the  Fund.    The  Audit  Committee  meets  with  management  and,  as 
necessary,  with  the  independent  auditors,  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,  to  satisfy  itself  that  management’s  responsibilities  are 
properly discharged and to review and report to the Board on the consolidated financial statements. 

In accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, the independent auditors conduct an examination each 
year in order to express a professional opinion on the consolidated financial statements. 

(signed)  

(signed) 

Brock Bulbuck 
President & Chief Executive Officer 

Dan Dott, C.A. 
Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 

Winnipeg, Manitoba 
March 22, 2012 

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT 

To the Unit holders of Boyd Group Income Fund 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Boyd Group Income Fund, which comprise the 
consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010, and the 
consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive earnings, changes in equity and of cash flows for the years ended 
December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory 
information. 

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to 
enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error. 

Auditor's Responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our 
audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with 
ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial 
statements are free from material misstatement. 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated 
financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk 
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the 
consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for 
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. An audit also includes evaluating 
the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as 
well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
audit opinion.  

Opinion 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Boyd 
Group Income Fund as at December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2010, and its financial performance and its 
cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards. 

Chartered Accountants 

March 22, 2012 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(Canadian dollars)

December 31,
2011

December 31,
2010

January 1,
2010
(Note 4)

Assets
Current assets:

Cash
Accounts receivable 
Income taxes recoverable
Inventory (Note 7)
Prepaid expenses
Derivative contracts (Note 17)

Property, plant and equipment (Note 8)
Deferred income tax asset (Note 9)
Intangible assets (Note 10)
Goodwill (Note 11)

Liabilities and Equity
Current liabilities:

Bank indebtedness (Note 12)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Income taxes payable
Distributions payable (Note 13)
Dividends payable
Derivative contracts (Note 17)
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 14)
Current portion of obligations under finance leases (Note 15)
Current portion of settlement accrual (Note 16)

Long-term debt (Note 14)
Obligations under finance leases (Note 15)
Settlement accrual (Note 16)
Convertible exchange note
Exchangeable class A shares (Note 17)
Unit based payment obligation (Note 18)
Unearned rebates (Note 19)
Non-controlling interest put option (Note 17)

Equity
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 22)
Deficit
Unitholders' capital (Note 23)
Contributed surplus (Note 24)

$        

18,443,269
22,470,947

$          

9,593,773
18,704,749

                 -

                 -

7,258,233
2,606,836

                 -

50,779,285
34,622,017
10,004,769
26,137,868
28,051,434
149,595,373

$      

5,779,603
1,866,785
64,000
36,008,910
26,129,675
10,761,194
18,963,657
16,956,764
108,820,200

$      

$           

5,085,548
15,471,712
102,021
3,611,341
1,465,989
329,400
26,066,011
19,744,350
1,063,482
13,848,185
16,812,650
77,534,678

$         

$                        
-
38,515,851
479,453
469,805
14,975
7,900
2,201,464
2,302,462
1,093,843
45,085,753
26,744,640
4,076,921
1,919,393

                 -

4,146,751
1,650,370
24,269,749
442,395
108,335,972

$             

223,715
31,259,210
16,409
323,463
25,361
382,500
1,753,768
1,751,050

$           

2,099,999
20,800,281

                 -

269,390
21,397
269,600
1,911,478
1,437,702

                 -

                 -

35,735,476
19,003,741
2,844,121

26,809,847
12,704,760
3,164,735

                 -
                 -

6,535,017
731,492
18,606,489
-
83,456,336

                 -

523,300
4,526,023
347,054
12,744,410
-
60,820,129

(192,026)
(37,381,319)
74,830,675
4,002,071
41,259,401
149,595,373

$      

(1,357,080)
(35,264,805)
57,983,678
4,002,071
25,363,864
108,820,200

$      

                 -

(45,220,254)
57,932,732
4,002,071
16,714,549
77,534,678

$         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Approved by the Board:

BROCK BULBUCK                                                                         ALLAN DAVIS
Trustee                                                                                               Trustee

51

 
 
 
          
          
           
                
            
            
             
            
            
             
                 
                
 
          
          
           
          
          
           
          
          
             
          
          
           
          
          
           
 
          
          
           
               
                 
               
               
                
                 
                 
                  
                   
               
                
            
            
             
            
            
             
            
 
          
          
           
          
          
           
            
            
             
            
                
            
            
             
            
               
                
          
          
           
               
                          
                           
 
        
          
           
 
 
             
          
        
        
         
          
          
           
            
            
             
 
          
          
           
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Canadian dollars)

Balances - January 1, 2010

Issue costs
Retractions
Other comprehensive loss
Net earnings
Comprehensive earnings

Distributions to unitholders
Balances - December 31, 2010

Issue costs
Units issued from treasury 
(Note 9)
Retractions
Other comprehensive loss
Net earnings
Comprehensive earnings

Unitholders' Capital

Contributed

Units

Amount

Surplus

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Gain 
(Loss)

Deficit

Total

Equity

10,771,591

-
10,511

$     

57,932,732
(6,653)
57,599

$                

4,002,071

$                        -

$           

(45,220,254)

(1,357,080)

(1,357,080)

13,472,612
13,472,612

$            

16,714,549
(6,653)
57,599
(1,357,080)
13,472,612
12,115,532

10,782,102

$     

57,983,678

$                

4,002,071

$           

(1,357,080)

(3,517,163)
(35,264,805)

$           

(3,517,163)
25,363,864

$            

-

(1,426,496)

1,300,000
446,034

13,975,000
4,298,493

1,165,054

1,165,054

2,949,917
2,949,917

(1,426,496)

13,975,000
4,298,493
1,165,054
2,949,917
4,114,971

Non-controlling interest put 
option adjustment (Note 17)
Distributions to unitholders
Balances - December 31, 2011
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

12,528,136

74,830,675

$     

$                

4,002,071

$              

(192,026)

                      (228,825)
(4,837,606)
(37,381,319)

$           

                      (228,825)
(4,837,606)
41,259,401

$            

52

 
 
 
 
          
                       
                  
                          
                 
                 
                         
                    
                   
                  
                  
                    
                  
                  
                   
                   
          
            
           
                   
            
          
                  
               
            
                    
                     
                    
                    
                    
                     
                    
                    
                   
                   
          
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
Years Ended December 31,
(Canadian dollars)

Sales
Cost of sales
Gross margin
Operating expenses
Foreign exchange losses (gains)
Acquisition and transaction costs
Depreciation (Note 8)
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 10)
Settlement cost (Note 16)
Fair value adjustment to exchangeable shares (Note 17)
Fair value adjustment to unit options (Note 18)
Non-controlling interest put option adjustment (Note 17)
Finance costs
Finance income
Write down of goodwill (Note 11)

Earnings before income taxes
Income tax expense (recovery) (Note 9)

Current
Deferred

Net earnings

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
Basic earnings per unit (Note 32)
Diluted earnings per unit (Note 32)

2011

2010

$      

356,965,961
196,851,972
160,113,989
135,685,037
49,521
1,947,404
6,279,303
2,408,788
3,278,081
1,910,226
918,878
214,998
2,035,938
(18,984)

                 -

154,709,190
5,404,799

$      

257,008,924
140,604,950
116,403,974
97,733,146
(112,009)
1,352,100
4,142,728
1,298,532

                 -

2,066,592
384,438
-

1,448,935
(10,813)
1,262,360
109,566,009
6,837,965

977,363
1,477,519
2,454,882
2,949,917

$         

147,766
(6,782,413)
(6,634,647)
13,472,612

$        

$                 
$                 

0.262
0.262

$                 
$                 

1.250
1.249

Weighted average number of units outstanding

11,275,971

10,780,499

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS
Years Ended December 31,

Net earnings

Other comprehensive earnings (loss),  

Change in unrealized earnings (loss) on translating financial statements of 
foreign operations 

Other comprehensive earnings (loss)

Comprehensive earnings
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

2011
2,949,917

$          

2010
13,472,612

$        

1,165,054
1,165,054
4,114,971

$         

(1,357,080)
(1,357,080)
12,115,532

$        

53

 
 
 
 
        
        
        
        
        
          
                 
             
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
               
               
               
                      
            
            
               
               
            
 
        
        
            
            
               
               
            
          
            
          
          
          
 
 
 
 
 
            
          
            
          
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31,
(Canadian dollars)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net earnings
Items not affecting cash

Write down of goodwill
Deferred income taxes
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 10)
Depreciation (Note 8)
Amortization of unearned rebates
Gain on disposal of equipment
Adjustment in liability for exchangeable class A shares (Note 17)
Interest accrued on class A exchangeable shares  (Note 17)
Unit option compensation expense  (Note 18)
Non-controlling interest put option adjustment (Note 17)
Settlement accrued (Note 16)
Unrealized foreign exchange loss (gain) on internal loans (Note 17)
Unrealized (gain) loss on derivative contracts (Note 17)

Cash realized on settlement of internal loan (Note 17)
Realized (loss) gain on derivative contracts (Note 17)

Changes in non-cash working capital items  (Note 33)

Cash flows provided by financing activities

Fund units issued from treasury
Issue costs
Increase in obligations under long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt 
Decrease in bank indebtedness
Repayment of obligations under finance leases
Proceeds on sale-leaseback agreement
Dividends paid on Class A common shares
Distributions paid to unitholders
Increase in unearned rebates
Repayment of unearned rebates
Increase in financing costs
Collection of rebates receivable
Repayment of convertible debt

Cash flows used in investing activities

Proceeds on sale of equipment
Equipment purchases and facility improvements
Acquisition and development of businesses
Software purchases

Foreign exchange
Net increase in cash position
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of year
Income taxes paid
Interest paid
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

54

2011

2010

$          

2,949,917

$        

13,472,612

                 -

1,477,519
2,408,788
6,279,303
(2,274,762)
(15,163)
1,910,226
292,573
918,878
214,998
3,013,236
486,300
(434,040)
569,700
(515,860)
17,281,613
(945,228)
16,336,385

13,975,000
(1,778,671)
6,529,908
(2,371,195)
(235,381)
(2,207,990)
2,113,018
(302,959)
(4,691,264)
6,197,036
(144,460)
(10,057)
1,678,901

                 -

18,751,886

1,262,360
(6,782,413)
1,298,532
4,142,728
(1,608,175)
(24,568)
2,066,592
276,304
384,439

                 -

(373,700)
272,580
296,500
105,720
14,789,511
1,003,492
15,793,003

                 -

(6,653)
7,261,363
(2,088,774)
(1,914,284)
(1,607,349)
1,499,403
(272,340)
(3,463,090)
6,675,732
(65,251)
(166,263)
1,242,614
(79,135)
7,015,973

96,632
(1,669,428)
(24,042,884)
(213,982)
(25,829,662)
(409,113)
8,849,496
9,593,773
18,443,269
707,500
2,048,500

$       
$             
$          

70,504
(1,398,952)
(16,205,976)
(339,875)
(17,874,299)
(426,452)
4,508,225
5,085,548
9,593,773
33,379
1,135,936

$          
$               
$          

 
 
 
            
            
          
            
            
            
            
          
          
               
               
            
            
               
               
               
               
               
            
               
             
             
               
               
               
             
               
 
          
          
             
            
 
          
          
          
          
                 
            
            
          
          
             
          
          
          
            
            
             
             
          
          
            
            
             
               
               
             
            
            
               
 
          
            
                 
                 
          
          
        
        
             
             
 
        
        
             
             
            
            
            
            
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

1.  GENERAL INFORMATION 

Boyd Group Income Fund (the “Fund”) is an unincorporated, open-ended mutual fund trust established under the laws 
of  the  Province  of  Manitoba,  Canada  on  December  16,  2002.    It  was  established  for  the  purposes  of  acquiring  and 
holding  a  majority  interest  in  The  Boyd  Group  Inc.  (the  “Company”).    The  Company  is  partially  owned  by  Boyd 
Group Holdings Inc. (“BGHI”), which is controlled by the Fund.  These financial statements reflect the activities of the 
Fund, the Company and all its subsidiaries including BGHI.  The Company’s business consists of the ownership and 
operation  of  autobody/autoglass  repair  facilities  acquired  either  through  the  acquisition  of  existing  businesses,  or 
through site development resulting in new locations.  At the reporting date, the Company operated locations in the four 
Western Canadian provinces under the trade name Boyd Autobody & Glass, as well as in 13 U.S. states under the trade 
names Gerber Collision & Glass and True2Form. The units of the Fund are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and 
trade under the symbol “BYD.UN”.  The head office and principal address of the Fund are located at 3570 Portage 
Avenue, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, R3K 0Z8. 

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 (including comparatives) were approved 
and authorized for issue by the Board of Trustees on March 22, 2012. 

2. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

a)  Basis of presentation 

The Fund prepares its financial statements in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles as 
defined in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (“CICA Handbook”). In 2010, the CICA 
Handbook  was  revised  to  incorporate  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (“IFRS”),  and  require  publicly 
accountable enterprises to apply such standards effective for years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. Accordingly, 
these are the Fund’s first annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). In these financial statements, the term “Canadian GAAP” refers 
to Canadian GAAP before the adoption of IFRS. 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  compliance  with  IFRS.  Subject  to  certain  transition 
elections and exceptions disclosed in note 4, the Fund has consistently applied the accounting policies used in the 
preparation of its opening IFRS statement of financial position at January 1, 2010 throughout all periods presented, 
as if these policies had always been in effect. Note 4 discloses the impact of the transition to IFRS on the Fund's 
reported  financial  position,  financial  performance  and  cash  flows,  including  the  nature  and  effect  of  significant 
changes in accounting policies from those used in the Fund’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended 
December 31, 2010 prepared under Canadian GAAP. 

b)  Revenue recognition 

The Fund recognizes revenue to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Fund, the 
sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.  Revenue is measured at the fair value of 
the  consideration  received.    Revenue  from  the  operation  of  autobody/autoglass  facilities  is  recognized  when  the 
profitability  of  the  repair  can  be  measured  reliably.    As  the  majority  of  repairs  are  of  short  duration,  revenue  is 
recognized when the repair is complete or substantially complete.  

c)  Inventory 

Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value.  Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis.  
Net  realizable  value  is  the  estimated  selling  price  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  less  any  applicable  selling 
expenses. 

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

d)  Property, plant and equipment 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  assets  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  accumulated  impairment 
losses.    The  cost  of  an  item  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  consists  of  the  purchase  price,  any  costs  directly 
attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for its intended use and an estimate of the 
costs of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located.  

Depreciation is calculated using the declining balance  and straight line rates as disclosed in the property, plant and 
equipment note.  Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the period of estimated benefit. 

An item of property, plant and equipment is reclassified as held for sale or derecognized upon disposal, or when no 
future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on disposal 
of the asset, determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset, is 
recognized in the consolidated statement of earnings. 

The Fund conducts an annual assessment of the residual balances, useful lives and depreciation methods being used 
for property, plant and equipment and any changes arising from the assessment are applied by the Fund prospectively. 

e)  Consolidation 

The financial statements of the Fund consolidate the accounts of the Fund and its subsidiaries. All intercompany 
transactions,  balances  and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  from  intercompany  transactions  are  eliminated  on 
consolidation.  

Subsidiaries are those entities which the Fund controls by having the power to govern the financial and operating 
policies.  The  existence  and  effect  of  potential  voting  rights  that  are  currently  exercisable  or  convertible  are 
considered when assessing whether the Fund controls another entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the 
date on which control is obtained by the Fund and are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases. 

f)  Business combinations, goodwill and other intangible assets 

Acquisitions of subsidiaries and businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of 
the  acquisition  is  measured  at  the  aggregate  of  the  fair  values  (at  the  acquisition  date)  of  assets  given,  liabilities 
incurred  or  assumed,  and  equity  instruments  issued  by  the  Fund  in  exchange  for  control  of  the  acquired  company. 
Acquisition  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  The  acquired  company’s  identifiable  assets  (including  previously 
unrecognized intangible assets), liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognized at their fair values at the acquisition 
date. 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  cost  of  an  acquisition  over  the  fair  value  of  the  Fund’s  share  of  the  net 
identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment losses.  

Intangible assets are recognized only when it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the 
assets  will  accrue  to  the  Fund  and  the  cost  can  be  reliably  measured.  Intangible  assets  acquired  in  a  business 
combination  are  recorded  at  fair  value.  Intangible  assets  that  do  not  have  indefinite  lives  are  amortized  over  their 
useful  lives  using  an  amortization  method  which  reflects  the  economic  benefit  of  the  intangible  asset.  Customer 
relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit of 20 years.  Contractual rights 
are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract.  Computer software is amortized on a straight-line 
basis over periods of three and five years.  Brand names which the Company continues to use in the conduct of its 
business  are  considered  indefinite  life  because  their  value  is  not  expected  to  degrade  over  time.    To  the  extent  the 
Company decides to discontinue the use of a certain brand, an estimate of the remaining useful life is made and the 
intangible asset is amortized over the remaining period. 

g)  Impairment of non-financial assets 

Property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets  are  tested  for  impairment  when  events  or  changes  in 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  Brand names are normally considered to 
have indefinite lives and are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  In situations where a brand name is discontinued, the Fund 
amortizes  the  carrying  amount  over  its  remaining  useful  life.  For  the  purpose  of  measuring  recoverable  amounts, 
assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows (cash-generating unit 
or “CGU”). The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use (being 
the present value of the expected future cash flows of the relevant asset or CGU). An impairment loss is recognized 
for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or at any time if an indicator of impairment exists.  As well, newly 
acquired goodwill is reviewed for impairment at the end of the year in which it was acquired. 

Goodwill acquired through a business combination is allocated to each CGU, or group of CGUs, that are expected 
to benefit from the related business combination. A group of CGUs represents the lowest level within the entity at 
which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, which is not higher than an operating segment. 
Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed. 

The  Fund  evaluates  impairment  losses,  other  than  goodwill  impairment,  for  potential  reversals  when  events  or 
circumstances warrant such consideration. 

h)  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash  on  hand,  deposits  held  with  banks,  and  other  short-term  highly  liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less. 

i)   Income taxes 

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the statement of earnings except to the 
extent  that  it  relates  to  items  recognized  directly  in  equity,  in  which  case  the  income  tax  is  recognized  directly  in 
equity.  

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted, or substantively 
enacted, at the end of the reporting period, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.  

In general, deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined on a 
non-discounted  basis  using  tax  rates  and  laws  that  have  been  enacted  or  substantively  enacted  at  the  statement  of 
financial position date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax asset or liability is settled. Deferred tax assets 
are recognized to the extent that it is probable that the assets can be recovered.  

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except, in the case of 
subsidiaries, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Fund and it is probable 
that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  

Tax  on  income  in  interim  periods  is  accrued  using  the  tax  rate  that  would  be  applicable  to  expected  total  annual 
earnings. 

j)  Unearned rebates 

Pre-paid purchase rebates are recorded as unearned rebates on the statement of financial position and amortized, as a 
reduction of the cost of purchases, on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract.  

k)  Unitholders’ capital 

Under IAS 32, a financial instrument that gives the holder the right to put the instrument back to the issuer for cash 
or another financial asset (a ‘puttable instrument’) is a financial liability, except for those instruments that meet the 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

exceptions to be classified as equity instruments.  The trust units of the Fund meet the puttable equity exceptions 
and therefore are classified as equity.   

The Fund’s declaration of trust allows a unitholder to tender their units for cash redemption.  This cash redemption 
right  is  restricted,  at  the  Fund’s  option,  to an  aggregate  cash  amount of  $25,000.   Historically,  the  Fund has not 
been asked to redeem units for cash.  As a result, the Fund does not have policies or processes for managing the 
potential redemption of units for cash. 

l)  Unit-Based Compensation 

The Fund issues unit-based awards to certain employees in the form of unit options.  The unit options are financial 
liabilities since the units are ultimately puttable back to the Fund in exchange for cash.  The cost of cash-settled 
unit-based transactions are measured at fair value using a black-scholes model and expensed over the vesting period 
with the recognition of a corresponding liability.  The liability is re-measured at each reporting date with changes in 
fair value recognized in earnings.      

m) Earnings per unit  

Basic earnings per unit (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net earnings for the period attributable to equity owners of 
the Fund by the weighted average number of units outstanding during the period. 

Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of units outstanding and corresponding earnings 
impact for dilutive instruments. The number of shares included with respect to options is computed using the treasury 
stock method. The exchangeable Class A shares are evaluated as to whether or not they are dilutive based on the effect 
on earnings per unit of eliminating the liability adjustment for the period and increasing the weighted average number 
of units outstanding for the units that would be exchanged for the Class A shares. 

n)  Foreign currency translation 

Items included in the financial statements of each subsidiary are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (the  “functional  currency”).    The  consolidated  financial  statements  are 
presented in Canadian dollars, which is the Fund’s functional currency.  The financial statements of entities that have a 
functional  currency  different  from  that  of  the  Fund  are  translated  into  Canadian  dollars.    Assets  and  liabilities  are 
translated into Canadian dollars at the noon rate of exchange prevailing at the statement of financial position dates and 
income  and  expense  items  are  translated  at  the  average  exchange  rate  during  the  period  (as  this  is  considered  a 
reasonable approximation to actual rates).  The adjustment arising from the translation of these accounts is recognized 
in other comprehensive earnings as cumulative translation adjustments.   

When  an  entity  disposes  of  its  entire  interest  in  a  foreign  operation,  or  loses  control,  joint  control,  or  significant 
influence over a foreign operation, the foreign currency gains or losses accumulated in other comprehensive earnings 
related  to  the  foreign  operation  are  recognized  in  earnings.  If  an  entity  disposes  of  part  of  an  interest  in  a  foreign 
operation which remains a subsidiary, a proportionate amount of foreign currency gains or losses accumulated in other 
comprehensive earnings related to the subsidiary are reallocated between controlling and non-controlling interests. 

Foreign  currency  transactions  are  translated  into  the  functional  currency  using  the  exchange  rates  prevailing  at  the 
dates  of  the  transactions.  Generally,  foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  settlement  of  foreign 
currency  transactions  and  from  the  translation  at  year-end  exchange  rates  of  monetary  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in currencies other than an operation’s functional currency are recognized in earnings. 

o)  Financial instruments  

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized when the Fund becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the 
instrument.  

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the statement  of financial position when 
there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, 
or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.   

At  initial  recognition,  the  Fund  classifies  its  financial  instruments  in  the  following  categories  depending  on  the 
purpose for which the instruments were acquired: 

Cash is classified as “Financial Assets at Fair Value Through Profit or Loss”. This financial asset is marked-to-
market through net earnings at each period end.   

Derivative  contracts  are  classified  as  “Financial  Assets  or  Financial  Liabilities  at  Fair  Value  Through  Profit  or 
Loss” with marked-to-market adjustments being recorded to net earnings at each period end. 

Accounts receivable are classified as “Loans and Receivables”. After their initial fair value measurement, they are 
measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest  rate  method,  as  reduced  by  appropriate  allowances  for 
estimated unrecoverable amounts.  

Bank indebtedness, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, dividends payable, distributions payable and long-
term debt are classified as “Other Liabilities” and are net of any related financing fees or issue costs. After their 
initial fair value measurement, they are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method.  

As  a  result  of  the  Fund’s  units  being  redeemable  for  cash,  the  exchangeable  Class  A  shares  of  the  Fund’s 
subsidiary BGHI, are presented as financial liabilities and classified as “at Amortized Cost”.  Exchangeable Class 
A shares are measured at the market price of the units of Fund as of the statement of financial position date.      

For net investment hedging relationships, foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive 
earnings.    Amounts  recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  earnings  are  recognized  in  net  earnings  when 
there is a disposition of the foreign subsidiary. 

p)  Pensions and other post-retirement benefits 

The Company contributes to defined contribution pension plans of employees.  Contributions are recognized within 
operating  earnings  at  an  amount  equal  to  contributions  payable  for  the  period.    Any  outstanding  contributions  are 
recognized as liabilities within accruals. 

q)  Provisions 

Provisions are recognized when the Fund has a present legal or constructive obligation that has arisen as a result of a 
past event and it is probable that a future outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, provided that a 
reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. 

Provisions are measured at management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the end 
of  the  reporting  period,  and  are  discounted  to  present  value  where  the  effect  is  significant.    The  increase  in  the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognized as interest expense. 

r)  Segment reporting 

The  chief  operating  decision-maker  is  responsible  for  allocating  resources  and  assessing  performance  of  the 
operating segments and has been identified as the chief executive officer of the Fund.  

The Fund’s primary line of business is automotive collision repair and related services, with all revenues relating to 
this group of similar services. This line of business operates in Canada and the U.S. and exhibit similar long-term 
economic  characteristics.    In  this  circumstance,  IFRS  requires  the  Company  to  provide  specific  geographical 
disclosure.    For  the  years  reported,  the  Company’s  revenues  were  derived  within  Canada  or  the  U.S.  and  all 
property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets are located within these two geographic areas. 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

A  second  line  of  business,  being  an  autoglass  repair  and  replacement  network  business,  does  not  meet  the 
quantitative thresholds to require separate disclosure.  

3.   CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS 

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.  

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

The  group  makes  estimates  and  assumptions  concerning  the  future.  The  resulting  accounting  estimates  will,  by 
definition,  seldom  equal  the  related  actual  results.  The  estimates  and  assumptions  that  have  a  significant  risk  of 
causing  a  material  adjustment  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  within  the  next  financial  year  are 
addressed below. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

The  Fund  has  acquired  a  significant  number  of  collision  repair  businesses  and  has  recorded  goodwill  and  other 
intangible assets upon the acquisition of these businesses with a current carrying value of approximately $38.7 million.  
The Fund, in accordance with International Accounting Standard 36 – Impairment of Assets, has established a process 
for  testing  the  valuation  of  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  on  an  annual  basis,  or  more  frequently  if  circumstances 
warrant, for purposes of determining impairment.  In order to establish that the carrying value of net assets, including 
goodwill,  for  a  particular  business  reporting  unit,  exceeds  the  fair  value,  the  Fund  is  required  to  make  significant 
estimates and assumptions that relate to matters that are uncertain at the time the estimates are made.   

When evaluating goodwill, the Fund uses the recorded historical cash flows of the reporting unit for the most recent 
two years, and an estimate or forecast of cash flows for the next year to establish an estimate of the Fund’s future cash 
flows.  An estimate of the recoverable amount is then calculated as the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell 
and  value  in  use  (being  the  present  value  of  the  expected  future  cash  flows  of  the  relevant  asset  or  CGU).  An 
impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.  
Goodwill write downs, when determined, reduce the carrying value of goodwill on the statement of financial position 
and are recorded as a separate charge to earnings, and could materially impact the operating results of the Fund for any 
particular  accounting  period.    The  methods  used  to  value  intangible  assets  require  critical  estimates  to  be  made 
regarding the future cash flows and useful lifetimes of the assets.   

Goodwill  and intangible  asset  write downs are non-cash  charges since  the valuations are being performed  on  assets 
acquired and related cash outflows from prior investments.   

Impairment of Other Long-lived Assets 

The  Fund  periodically  assesses  the  recoverability  of  values  assigned  to  long-lived  assets,  other  than  goodwill  and 
intangibles,  after  considering  the  potential  impairment  indicated  by  such  factors  as  business  and  market  trends,  the 
Company’s  ability  to  transfer  the  assets,  future  prospects,  current  market  value  and  other  economic  factors.      In 
performing its review of recoverability, management estimates the future cash flows expected to result from the use of 
the  assets  and  their  potential  disposition.    If  the  discounted  sum  of  the  expected  future  cash  flows  is  less  than  the 
carrying value of the assets generating those cash flows, an impairment loss would be recognized based on the excess 
of the carrying amounts of the assets over their estimated recoverable value.  The underlying estimates for cash flows 
include  estimates  for  future  sales,  gross  margin  rates  and  operating  expenses.    Changes  which  may  impact  these 
estimates include, but are not limited to, business risks and uncertainties and economic conditions.  To the extent that 
management’s  estimates  are  not  realized,  future  assessments  could  result  in  impairment  charges  that  may  have  a 
material impact on the Fund’s consolidated financial statements. 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The Fund has applied discounted cash flow methods to establish the fair value and carrying values of certain financial 
liabilities and equity instruments recorded on the statement of financial position, as well as disclosed in the notes to the 
financial statements.   

The  Fund  also  obtains  mark-to-market  valuations  of  forward  foreign  exchange  contracts  or  other  derivative 
instruments,  which  are  assumed  to  represent  the  current  fair  value  of  these  instruments.    These  valuations  rely  on 
assumptions regarding future interest and exchange rates as well as other economic indicators, which at the time of 
establishing  the  fair  value  for  disclosure,  have  a  high  degree  of  uncertainty.    Unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  these 
derivative financial instruments may not be realized as markets change.  

Income Taxes 

The Fund is subject to income tax in several jurisdictions and significant estimates are used to determine the provision 
for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations for which the ultimate 
tax determination is uncertain. As a result, the Fund recognizes tax liabilities based on estimates of whether additional 
taxes and interest will be due. These tax liabilities are recognized when, despite the Fund’s belief that its tax return 
positions  are  supportable,  the  Fund  believes  that  certain  positions  are  likely  to  be  challenged  and  may  not  be  fully 
sustained upon review by tax authorities. The company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate for all 
open audit years based on its assessment of many factors including past experience and interpretations of tax law. To 
the  extent  that  the  final  tax  outcome  of  these  matters  is  different  than  the  amounts  recorded,  such  differences  will 
impact income tax expense in the period in which such determination is made. 

Critical judgments in applying the entity’s accounting policies 

Deferred Tax Assets 

The assessment of the probability of future taxable income in which deferred tax assets can be utilized is based on the 
Fund's latest forecasts which are adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses and specific limits to the 
use of any unused tax loss or credit. The tax rules in the numerous jurisdictions in which the Fund operates are also 
carefully taken into consideration. If a positive forecast of taxable income indicates the probable use of a deferred tax 
asset, that deferred tax asset is recognized in full. The recognition of deferred tax assets that are subject to certain legal 
or  economic  limits  or  uncertainties  is  assessed  individually  by  management  based  on  the  specific  facts  and 
circumstances. The judgments inherent in these assessments are subject to significant uncertainty and if changed could 
materially affect the Fund’s assessment of its ability to realize the benefit of these tax assets. 

Leases 

In  applying  the  classification  of  leases  in  IAS  17,  management  considers  its  premise  leases  as  well  as  certain 
equipment  and  vehicle  leases  as  operating  lease  arrangements.  In  some  cases,  the  lease  transaction  is  not  always 
conclusive,  and  management  uses  judgment  in  determining  whether  the  lease  is  a  finance  lease  arrangement  that 
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership or an operating lease where substantially all the 
risks and rewards incidental to ownership are not transferred. 

4.    TRANSITION TO IFRS 

The  Fund  has  adopted  IFRS  effective  January  1,  2010  (“the  Transition  Date”)  and  has  prepared  its  opening  IFRS 
statement  of  financial  position  as  at  that  date.  The  Fund’s  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ending 
December 31, 2011 are the first annual financial statements that comply with IFRS.  

(a) Elected exemptions from full retrospective application 
In preparing these consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS 1, First‐time Adoption of International 
Financial  Reporting  Standards,  the  Fund  has  applied  certain  of  the  optional  exemptions  from  full  retrospective 
application of IFRS. The optional exemptions applied are described below.  

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

(i)   Business combinations 

The  Fund  has  applied  the  business  combinations  exemption  in  IFRS  1  such  that  IFRS  3,  “Business 
Combinations” will not apply retrospectively to past business combinations. Accordingly, the Fund has not 
restated business combinations that took place prior to the Transition Date. 

(ii)   Cumulative translation differences 

The  Fund  has  elected  to  set  the  previously  accumulated  cumulative  translation  account,  which  was 
included in accumulated other comprehensive earnings, to zero at January 1, 2010.  

(iii)   Share‐based payment transactions  

The Fund has elected to apply IFRS 2, Share‐based Payments to liability instruments that are outstanding 
as at the transition date. 

(b) Mandatory exceptions to retrospective application 
In  preparing  these  consolidated  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  IFRS  1  the  Fund  has  applied  a  mandatory 
exception  from  full  retrospective  application  of  IFRS.  The  mandatory  exception  applied  from  full  retrospective 
application of IFRS is described below. 

(i)   Estimates 

Hindsight was not used to create or revise estimates and accordingly the estimates previously made by the 
Fund under Canadian GAAP are consistent with their application under IFRS. 

(c) Reconciliation of equity as reported under Canadian GAAP and IFRS 
The following is a reconciliation of the Fund’s total equity reported in accordance with Canadian GAAP to its total 
equity in accordance with IFRS at the Transition Date:     

Equity 

December 31, 2010 

  January 1, 2010 

Equity as reported under Canadian GAAP 
IFRS adjustments increase (decrease): 

Reset cumulative translation account 
Liability treatment for exchangeable class A shares 
Liability treatment for unit options 
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transaction 
Business combinations acquisition costs 
Impairment of goodwill 
Equity as reported under IFRS 

(i) 
(ii) 
(iii)
(iv)
(v) 
(vi) 

$   33,923,869 

   $    21,448,449 

               - 

(6,535,017) 
(742,690) 
95,016 
(1,246,449) 
(130,865) 
$   25,363,864 

              - 

(4,526,023)
(347,054)
139,177 

                     - 
              - 
   $    16,714,549 

(i)   Cumulative Translation Differences 

The Fund elected to set the cumulative translation amount of approximately $12 million under Canadian 
GAAP to zero upon transition to IFRS. This has been reflected as a reclassification between accumulated 
other comprehensive loss and retained earnings and thus does not affect reported equity.  

(ii)   Exchangeable Class A Shares 

 The Fund’s units are puttable - meaning that holders of units may request that their units be redeemed for 
cash.    This  feature  can  result  in  units  being  classified  as  a  liability.    A  “puttable  exemption”  exists  that 
permits  units  to  be  classified  as  equity  instead  of  a  liability,  despite  this  obligation  to  redeem  units  for 
cash.  The Fund’s units meet the conditions for the puttable exemption resulting in the units continuing to 
be presented as equity.   

The “puttable exemption” does not apply to the exchangeable class A shares of Boyd Group Holdings Inc. 
and therefore these shares are reflected as a liability on the consolidated statement of financial position of 
the Fund.   

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

(iii)   Unit Options 

The puttable feature of the units impacts the valuation and accounting for the unit options.  The “puttable 
exemption”  as  described  in  item  (ii)  does  not  transfer  to  the  classification  of  other  instruments  such  as 
these  options.    Therefore,  the  commitment  to  deliver  units  in  the  future  is  recognized  as  a  liability  and 
valued  at  fair  value  at  each  statement  of  financial  position  date  with  changes  in  valuation  recorded  in 
earnings.   

(iv)   Sale-leaseback Transaction 

 During  2001,  the  Fund  entered  into  a  sale-leaseback  transaction  on  property  previously  owned.    Under 
Canadian GAAP, the gain on the transaction had been deferred and was being amortized into earnings over 
the term of the subsequent lease.  IFRS permits the recognition of the gain on sale unless the transaction is 
not at fair value, in which case the difference between the transaction amount and fair value is reflected in 
the future lease payments.  The sale was completed at fair value and the gain was immediately recognized 
in earnings under IFRS. 

(v)   Business combinations acquisition costs 

A significant difference between previous Canadian GAAP and IFRS is the treatment of acquisition costs.  
Under previous Canadian GAAP, all acquisition related costs were included as part of the purchase price.  
IFRS requires transaction costs to  be expensed when incurred other than costs related to the issuance of 
new debt or equity.   

(vi)   Impairment measurement difference 

IFRS measures impairment by considering the higher of the selling price (measured as the fair value less 
selling costs) or the value in use.  Applying IFRS to goodwill impairment has required the re-evaluation of 
many  elements  such  as  future  cash  flows,  volatility,  discount  rate,  treatment  of  taxes  and  overhead 
allocations.    The  impact  has been  to  further  write-down  the  goodwill  for  a business  which  was partially 
impaired under Canadian GAAP. 

(d) Reconciliation of Net Earnings as Reported Under Canadian GAAP and IFRS 
The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  Fund’s  net  earnings  reported  in  accordance  with  Canadian  GAAP  to  its  net 
earnings in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Net earnings 

Net earnings as reported under Canadian GAAP 
IFRS adjustments increase (decrease): 

Adjustment in liability for exchangeable class A shares 
Exchangeable class A share dividends treated as interest 
Adjustment in liability for unit options 
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback transaction 
Business combinations acquisition costs 
Impairment of goodwill measurement difference 

(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)

Net earnings as reported under IFRS 

(i)   Exchangeable Class A Shares 

Year ended 
December 31, 2010 

$     17,591,598 

(2,066,592)
(276,304)
(354,616)
(44,160)
(1,246,449)
(130,865)
$     13,472,612 

 The  exchangeable  class  A  shares  are  treated  as  financial  liabilities  as  described  in  3(c)(ii).    Period  to 
period changes in this liability as a result of changes to the market price for the Fund’s units are recognized 
in earnings.  The impact of this treatment is that an increase in the unit price increases the exchangeable 
class A share liability with an expense being recorded to earnings. 

(ii)   Dividends on Class A Shares 

 As  a  result  of  the  exchangeable  class  A  shares  being  treated  as  liabilities,  dividends  are  recorded  to net 
earnings rather than directly to equity.   

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

(iii)   Unit Options 

 As described in 4(c)(iii), changes in the valuation of the unit options are recorded in earnings. 

(iv)   Sale-leaseback transaction 

As  a  result  of  eliminating  the  deferred  gain  related  to  a  sale-leaseback  transaction,  the  amortization  of  the 
gain which had been recorded to earnings is also eliminated. 

(v)   Business combinations acquisition costs 

As described in 4(c)(v), acquisition costs pertaining to 2010 acquisitions are expensed as incurred under 
IFRS. 

(vi)   Impairment measurement difference 

As described in 4(c)(vi), a measurement difference resulted from the application of the IFRS impairment 
standard. 

(e) Reconciliation of Comprehensive Earnings as Reported Under Canadian GAAP to IFRS 
The following is a reconciliation of the Fund’s comprehensive earnings reported in accordance with Canadian GAAP 
to its comprehensive earnings in accordance with IFRS for the year ended December 31, 2010. 

Comprehensive Earnings 

Comprehensive earnings as reported under Canadian GAAP  
IFRS adjustments (decrease) increase: 

Adjustments to net earnings 

(i)

Comprehensive earnings as reported under IFRS 

(i)   Adjustments to Net Earnings 

Year ended 
December 31, 2010 

$     16,234,518 

(4,118,986)

$     12,115,532 

Reflects the differences in net earnings under Canadian GAAP and IFRS as described in 4(d). 

(f) Adjustments to the Statement of Cash Flows 
The  transition from  Canadian  GAAP  to IFRS  had  no  significant  impact  on  cash  flows  generated by  the  Fund.    The 
IFRS  adjustments  as  described  in  4(d)(iv) did  result  in  the  reclassification  of  cash  flows  related  to  acquisition  costs 
from investing activities to operating activities. 

5.  

  FUTURE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NOT YET EFFECTIVE 

The following is an overview of accounting standard changes that the Fund will be required to adopt in future years: 

The IASB intends to replace IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” in its entirety with IFRS 9 
“Financial Instruments” in three main phases. IFRS 9 will be the new standard for the financial reporting of financial 
instruments that is principles-based and less complex than IAS 39, and is effective for annual periods beginning on or 
after January 1, 2015, with earlier adoption permitted. The Fund is currently evaluating the impact the final standard is 
expected to have on its financial statements. 

In  May  2011,  the  IASB  issued  the  following  standards  which  have  not  yet  been  adopted  by  the  Fund:  IFRS  10 
“Consolidated  Financial  Statements”,  IFRS  11  ”Joint  Arrangements”,  IFRS  12  “Disclosure  of  Interests  in  Other 
Entities”,  IFRS  13  “Fair  Value  Measurement”  and  amended  IAS  27  “Separate  Financial  Statements”  and  IAS  28 
“Investments  in  Associates  and  Joint  Ventures”.  Each  of  the  new  standards  and  amendments  is  effective  for  annual 
periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 with early adoption permitted. The Fund has not yet begun the process of 
assessing the impact that the new and amended standards will have on its financial statements or whether to early adopt 
any of the new requirements. 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

6.  

  ACQUISITIONS 

On June 30, 2011, the Company completed a transaction acquiring 100% of the membership interest in Cars Collision 
Center  of  Colorado,  LLC  and  Cars  Collision  Center,  LLC  (together,  “Cars”).      Cars operated  a  total  of  28  collision 
repair centers in the U.S. states of Illinois, Indiana, and Colorado.  Funding for the transaction was a combination of 
cash, U.S. senior term bank debt, third-party financing and a seller take-back note.   

The Fund also completed two other acquisitions during the year.  On May 1, 2011, the Company acquired the business 
and assets of McDonough Collision located in McDonough, Georgia and on October 1, 2011, the Company acquired 
the business and assets of Mastercraft Collision located in Richmond, British Columbia. 

On July 30, 2010, the Company completed a transaction acquiring 100% of the shares of True2Form Collision Repair 
Centers,  Inc.,  (“True2Form”)  one  of  the  largest  multi-location  collision  repair  companies  in  the  United  States.   
True2Form  was  a  private  company  operating  37  locations  in  four  U.S.  states;  17  locations  in  North  Carolina,  eight 
locations in Ohio, seven locations in Maryland and five locations in Pennsylvania.  Funding for the transaction was a 
combination of cash, U.S. bank debt, third-party financing and a seller note.   

The Fund also completed five other acquisitions in 2010.  On May 7, 2010, the Company acquired the business and 
assets of The Collision Center of Owasso, located in Owasso, Oklahoma.  On June 21, 2010, the Company acquired 
the business and assets of M & D Auto Body, located in Evanston, Illinois.  On August 2, 2010, the Company acquired 
the business and assets of Northwest Autobody & Paint, located in Las Vegas, Nevada.  On September 20, 2010, the 
Company acquired the business and assets of Collision One of Buckhead, and Auto Collision Center of Roswell, both 
with  locations  in  the  Atlanta,  Georgia  area.    On  October  1,  2010,  the  Company  acquired  the  business  and  assets  of 
Bellingham Collision Repair located in Bellingham, Washington. 

The Fund has accounted for the acquisitions using the purchase method as follows: 

Identifiable net assets acquired at fair value: 

Cars 

2011 

Other       
Acquisitions

Total 

True2Form 

2010 

Other       
Acquisitions

Total 

Cash  

Other current assets  

Property, plant and equipment 

Deferred income tax assets 

Identified intangible assets 

Customer relationships 

Brand name 

Non-compete agreements 

Software 

$       - 

  $        -   

    $          -     

$   1,709,492    $        -   

 $    1,709,492  

  3,060,437 

           - 

5,284,677 

929,933 

 3,060,437  

6,214,610 

 4,105,735   

      52,427 

 4,158,162  

6,559,403 

1,754,737 

     - 

           - 

           - 

4,005,621 

          - 

7,115,000 

           - 

7,115,000 

5,710,000 

           - 

445,000 

           - 

445,000 

           - 

270,000 

445,000 

445,000 

270,000 

660,000 

           - 

530,000 

           - 

8,314,140 

4,005,621 

5,710,000 

660,000 

530,000 

Liabilities assumed 

(7,210,450) 

           - 

(7,210,450)

(7,069,248) 

           - 

(7,069,248)

Deferred income tax liability 

- 

           - 

           - 

(867,587) 

           - 

(867,587)

Identifiable net assets acquired 

Goodwill 

9,409,664 

929,933 

10,300,003 

           - 

10,339,597 

10,300,003 

15,343,416  

1,807,164 

1,886,002  

           - 

17,150,580 

1,886,002 

Total purchase consideration 

 $ 19,709,667   $   929,933 

 $ 20,639,600   

$ 17,229,418     $ 1,807,164  

 $  19,036,582  

Consideration provided 

Cash 

Seller notes 

 $ 16,816,767  $ 663,513  

 $ 17,480,280   

$ 15,171,418    $1,557,558 

 $  16,728,976  

      2,892,900 

   266,420  

      3,159,320  

2,058,000  

     249,606 

2,307,606 

Total consideration provided 

 $ 19,709,667  $ 929,933  

 $ 20,639,600   

$ 17,229,418    $1,807,164 

 $  19,036,582  

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
 
            
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Acquisition-related costs of $1,947,404 have been charged as an expense in the consolidated statement of earnings for 
the year ended December 31, 2011 (2010 - $1,352,100). 

U.S. acquisition transactions are initially recognized and shown as above in Canadian dollars at the rates of exchange in 
effect on the transaction dates.  Subsequently, the assets and liabilities are translated at the rate in effect at the balance 
sheet date.   

The results of operations reflect the revenues and expenses of acquired operations from the date of acquisition.  The 
revenue included in the consolidated statement of earnings since July 1, 2011 contributed by Cars was $34,364,500.  
Cars also contributed earnings of $1,566,000 over the same period (after tax, approximately $955,000).  If Cars had 
been acquired on January 1, 2011, revenue for the Fund for 2011 would have been approximately $388 million and 
earnings would have been approximately $3.9 million.     

A  significant  part  of  the  goodwill  for  True2Form  and  Cars  can  be  attributed  to  the  assembled  workforce  and  the 
operating know-how of key personnel.  However, no intangible asset qualified for separate recognition in this respect.  
No goodwill was recorded on any of the other acquisitions. 

Goodwill recognized during the year on the Cars transaction is deductible for tax purposes.  All other goodwill recognized 
during 2011 and 2010 are non-deductible for tax purposes. 

7. 

INVENTORY 

Materials 
Work in process 

  December 31,  
2011 

December 31,  
2010 

January 1,  
2010 

     $  2,620,029 
     $  3,505,045 
         3,753,188                3,159,574               1,682,643     
     $  5,779,603 
     $  7,258,233 

    $  1,928,698 

    $  3,611,341 

Included in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 are parts and material costs of $111,222,445 (2010 – 
$75,964,586) and labour costs of $62,773,600 (2010 – $45,460,644) with the balance of cost of sales primarily made 
up of sublet charges.   

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

8. 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT  

Land 

Buildings 

Shop 
Equipment 

Office  
Equipment 

Computer 
Hardware 

Signage 

Vehicles 

Leasehold 
Improvements 

Total 

Rates 

5% 

15% 

20% 

30% 

15% 

30% 

10-25 yrs S.L. 

At Jan 1, 2010 

Cost 
Accumulated 
Depreciation 
Net Book Value 

$     52,472 

$    345,505 

$ 21,333,142 

$   1,916,228 

$   2,947,466 

$   1,058,633 

$   5,375,167 

$  13,455,079 

$ 46,483,692 

           - 
$     52,472 

     (142,276) 
$    203,229 

  (11,727,111)
$   9,606,031 

    (1,320,804)
$      595,424 

    (2,358,649)
$      588,817 

      (661,867) 
$     396,766 

   (2,574,025) 
$   2,801,142 

    (7,954,610) 
$    5,500,469 

 (26,739,342) 
$ 19,744,350 

Year ended Dec 31, 2010 

Additions 
Proceeds 
Gain / (loss) 
Depreciation 
Exchange 

           - 
           - 
           - 
           - 
           - 
$     52,472 

           - 
           - 
           - 
        (9,115) 
        (1,040) 
$    193,074 

     7,836,538 
          (5,742) 
              249 
    (1,958,198)
      (589,975) 
$ 14,888,903 

        329,486 
           - 
           - 
       (157,089)
         (27,179)
$      740,642 

        513,216 
           - 
           - 
      (224,783) 
        (17,677) 
$      859,573 

       326,013 
           - 
           - 
       (98,163) 
       (17,498) 
$     607,118 

       107,314 
       (64,762) 
         24,319 
      (820,043) 
        (28,390) 
$   2,019,580 

      2,425,685 
           - 
           - 
       (875,337) 
       (282,504) 
$    6,768,313 

   11,538,252 
        (70,504) 
         24,568 
   (4,142,728) 
      (964,263) 
$ 26,129,675 

At Dec 31, 2010 

Cost 
Accumulated 
Depreciation 
Net Book Value 

$     52,472 

$    343,596 

$ 27,823,550 

$   2,159,421 

$   3,330,271 

$   1,410,579 

$   5,095,072 

$  15,138,971 

$ 55,353,932 

           - 
$     52,472 

     (150,522) 
$    193,074 

  (12,934,647)
$ 14,888,903 

    (1,418,779)
$      740,642 

    (2,470,698)
$      859,573 

      (803,461) 
$     607,118 

   (3,075,492) 
$   2,019,580 

    (8,370,658) 
$   6,768,313 

 (29,224,257) 
$ 26,129,675 

Year ended Dec 31, 2011 

Additions 
Proceeds 
Gain / (loss) 
Depreciation 
Exchange 

           - 
           - 
           - 
           - 
           - 
$     52,472 

           - 
        (9,590) 
        (9,639) 
        (8,835) 
           (663) 
$    164,347 

     6,191,420 
            - 
             (310) 
    (3,040,839)
        394,363 
$ 18,433,537 

        289,362 
           - 
           - 
       (228,796)
          15,863 
$      817,071 

        940,881 
           - 
           - 
      (404,858) 
          29,472 
$   1,425,068 

       104,250 
           - 
           - 
     (125,041) 
           8,655 
$     594,982 

   1,311,355 
       (87,042) 
         25,112 
      (801,277) 
          21,218 
$   2,488,946 

      5,317,559 
           - 
           - 
    (1,669,657) 
         229,379 
$  10,645,594 

   14,154,827 
        (96,632) 
         15,163 
   (6,279,303) 
        698,287 
$ 34,622,017 

At Dec 31, 2011 

Cost 
Accumulated 
Depreciation 
Net Book Value 

$     52,472 

$    306,807 

$ 33,951,171 

$   2,315,006 

$   3,699,838 

$   1,516,646 

$   5,910,112 

$  17,573,036 

$ 65,325,088 

           - 
$     52,472 

     (142,460) 
$    164,347 

  (15,517,634)
$ 18,433,537 

    (1,497,935)
$      817,071 

    (2,274,770)
$   1,425,068 

      (921,664) 
$     594,982 

   (3,421,166) 
$   2,488,946 

    (6,927,442) 
$ 10,645,594 

  (30,703,071)
$ 34,622,017 

Included in the above are assets under capital lease with a cost of $11,682,968 (2010 - $8,412,447, 2009 - $7,010,474) 
and a net book value of $7,651,788 (2010 - $5,291,752, 2009 - $5,090,842).  Depreciation on these assets under capital 
lease was $1,083,090 (2010 - $1,311,358).  During the year, assets acquired through capital lease arrangements amounted 
to $3,910,569 (2010 - $1,751,951).   

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

9. 

INCOME TAXES  

The Fund is a “specified investment flow-through” (“SIFT”) and until December 31, 2010 was exempt from tax on its 
income to the extent that its income was distributed to unitholders.  This exemption did not apply to the Company or 
its subsidiaries, which are corporations that are subject to income tax.  On December 15, 2010 the Trustees of the Fund 
approved an internal capital restructuring plan that better reflects its significant U.S. base of business and its expected 
source of future growth.  A consequence of this restructuring is that its current distribution level to unitholders will be 
funded almost entirely by its U.S. operations.  Fund distributions that are sourced from U.S. business earnings are not 
subject to the SIFT tax.   

The  Fund  accounts  for  deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  in  respect  of  accounting  and  tax  basis  differences.  
During 2010 it was determined that conditions had changed such that the Fund believed it was probable that it would be 
able to utilize its non-capital loss carryforward amounts and other tax assets that had previously not been recognized.     

a)  Deferred income taxes consist of the following: 

Intangible assets 
Accrued liabilities 
Non-capital losses carried forward 
Deferred capital gain 
Rebates received 
Property, plant and equipment 
US alternative minimum tax paid 
Issue costs 
Acquisition costs 
Other 

b)  Tax expense is made up as follows: 

   December 31, 

2011   

  December 31,  
2010 

January 1,  
2010 

$               373,230 
              2,417,308 
              3,794,764 
                       - 
              4,658,899 
            (2,137,474) 
                 203,400 
                 369,072 
                 380,570 
                  (55,000) 
$          10,004,769 

$               971,018 
              1,225,196 
              5,906,497 
                (166,212) 
              4,358,583 
            (1,602,021) 
                       - 
                       - 
                       - 
                   68,133 
$          10,761,194 

$                     - 
                       - 
                       - 
                (166,212) 
              1,229,694 
                       - 
                       - 
                       - 
                       - 
                       - 
$           1,063,482 

Earnings, before income taxes  
Earnings subject to tax in the hands of the unitholders, not the Fund 
Earnings subject to income taxes 

$          5,404,799 
        (4,837,607) 
$             567,192 

$          6,837,965 
        (3,517,163) 
$          3,320,802 

Combined basic Canadian and U.S. Federal, provincial and state tax rates 

                33.81% 

                38.65% 

Income taxes at combined statutory rates 

$             191,768 

$          1,283,490 

    2011 

          2010 

Adjustments for the tax effect of - 
Non-deductible depreciation 
Other non-deductible expenses 
Amortization of permanent goodwill deductions 
Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from changes in 

substantively enacted tax rates 

Dividends treated as interest  
Recognition of non-capital losses  
Non-deductible fair value adjustments 
Effective rate adjustment 
Withholding taxes related to internal capital restructuring 
State taxes 
Items affecting equity – issue costs 
Non-taxable gains 
Write off of non-deductible goodwill 
Other 

               169,652 
                 60,005 
                (74,593) 

                 48,534 
               520,548 
                (77,330) 

               76,620 
                 63,168 

- 

               852,804 
               472,861 
               409,520 
               401,517 
                (97,835) 
                (78,700) 
                    - 
                   8,095 

               195,029 
131,585 
           (10,102,726) 
947,323 

               - 
               - 
               - 
               - 
               - 
           377,581 
               41,319 

Income tax expense (recovery)  

$           2,454,882 

$        ( 6,634,647) 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

The structure of the Fund is such that a portion of the Fund’s earnings are subject to tax in the hands of the unitholders, 
not the Fund.  This permits the Company to reduce its tax obligation.  As a result during the year the company benefitted 
from an interest deduction in the amount of $4,759,200 (2010 - $3,488,834).  This amount was received by the Fund who 
then is permitted to reduce its income for the distributions declared in the year. 

c)  The movement in deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the year is as follows: 

Balance at January 1 
Acquired through business combination 
Deferred income tax (expense) recovery 
Amounts charged to equity 
Alternative minimum tax 
Foreign exchange 

 2011 

            2010 

$    10,761,194 
                 - 
      (1,477,519) 
          352,175 
          195,303 
          173,616 

$      1,063,482 
        3,033,128 
        6,782,413 
                 - 
                 - 

     (117,829) 

 $   10,004,769 

$    10,761,194 

d)  Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent it is probable that sufficient future taxable income will be 
available to allow a deferred income tax asset to be realized.  At December 31, 2011, the Fund has recognized all 
of  its  deferred  income  tax  assets  with  the  exception  of  $3,953,306  in  capital  losses  available  in  Canada.    At 
December 31, 2011, the Fund has non-capital losses in Canada of $3,902,000 (2010 - $3,890,000) and net operating 
losses in the U.S. of $6,935,000 (2010 - $12,330,000).  The net operating losses which were acquired through the 
acquisition of True2Form are restricted to a maximum utilization of $1,700,000 per year.  At December 31, 2011, 
the total amount of these losses outstanding was approximately $5,600,000.    

The losses expire as follows: 

Year of Expiry 

2015 
2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
2026 
2027 
2028 
2029 
2030 

         Canada 
  $        575,000 
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  
           2,101,000 
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  
           1,226,000 

United States 

        $            -  
               830,000 
               1,308,000 
               82,000 
           806,000 
            655,000 
            578,000 
1,177,000 
6,000 
8,000 
1,485,000 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

10.  INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

At Jan 1, 2010 

Cost 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
Net Book Value 

Year ended Dec 31, 2010 

Additions 
Amortization 
Adjustment 
Exchange 

At Dec 31, 2010 

Cost 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
Net Book Value 

Year ended Dec 31, 2011 

Additions 
Amortization 
Exchange 

At Dec 31, 2011 

Cost 
Accumulated 
Amortization 
Net Book Value 

Customer 
Relationships 

Brand Name  Computer 
Software 

Non-compete 
Agreements 

Zoned  Property 
Rights 

Total 

$  14,129,100 

$  3,139,800 

$   1,590,816 

$    349,564 

$     53,059 

$  19,262,339 

    (3,894,667) 
$  10,234,433 

           - 
$  3,139,800 

    (1,413,844) 
$      176,972 

      (72,568) 
$    276,996 

      (33,075) 
$     19,984 

    (5,414,154) 
$  13,848,185 

      5,786,841 
       (839,083) 
         (92,932) 
       (745,213) 
$  14,344,046 

       667,311 
            - 
            - 
     (186,767) 
$  3,620,344 

        430,317 
       (219,311) 

      542,191 
     (174,102) 

         (14,706) 
$      373,272 

      (33,039) 
$    612,046 

           - 
        (5,214) 
           - 
           (821) 
$     13,949 

      7,426,660 
     (1,237,710)
          (92,932) 
        (980,546)
$  18,963,657 

$  18,856,712 

$  3,620,344 

$   1,844,983 

$    849,388 

$     50,423 

$  25,221,850 

     (4,512,666) 
$  14,344,046 

           - 
$  3,620,344 

    (1,471,711) 
$      373,272 

     (237,342) 
$    612,046 

      (36,474) 
$     13,949 

    (6,258,193) 
$  18,963,657 

      7,208,054 
     (1,147,081) 
         591,423 
$  20,996,442 

       452,396 
     (482,396) 
       100,010 
$  3,690,354 

        482,656 
       (181,723) 
          19,721 
$      693,926 

      642,931 
     (534,862) 
        27,924 
$    748,039 

           - 
        (5,042) 
            200 
$       9,107 

      8,786,037 
     (2,351,104)
         739,278 
$  26,137,868 

$  26,783,805 

$  4,172,750 

$   1,491,213 

$ 1,537,704 

$     51,559 

$  34,037,032 

     (5,787,363) 
$  20,996,442 

     (482,396) 
$  3,690,354 

       (797,287) 
$      693,926 

     (789,665) 
$    748,039 

      (42,452) 
$       9,107 

    (7,899,163) 
$  26,137,868 

During 2011, the Company implemented a plan to convert all of its U.S. locations to the Gerber brand name.  As a result, 
the Fund began phasing out the use of the True2Form and Cars brand names and began amortizing these names over a 
two year period. 

11.  GOODWILL  

Balance at January 1 
Acquired through business combination 
Foreign exchange 
Impairment write-down 

 2011 

            2010 

$    16,956,764 
      10,300,003 
           794,667 

    - 

$    16,812,650 
        1,886,002 
      (479,528) 
     (1,262,360) 

 $   28,051,434 

$    16,956,764 

The  Fund  has  performed  its  ongoing  goodwill  impairment  testing  described  in  note  2(g),  and  in  2010  recorded  a 
goodwill write down in the amount of $1,262,360 related to a glass repair business in British Columbia that has been 
impacted by certain economic factors in that market.   

The Fund has used the value in use method to evaluate the carrying amount of goodwill.  The key assumptions used in the 
assessment include an estimate of current cash flow, taxes, and a growth rate of 2% and capital maintenance expenditures.  
These assumptions are based on past experience. A discount rate of 10% has been applied to the expected cash flow, after 
adjusting the cash flow for an estimate of the taxes and capital maintenance expenditures.  The amount of carrying value 
of goodwill that is related to the auto collision repair group of cash generating units and which has been evaluated using 
this method was $27,518,135 (2010 - $16,429,657). 

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

12.  BANK INDEBTEDNESS 

  December 31,  
2011 

December 31,  
2010 

January 1,  
2010 

Operating line at interest rates of prime/U.S. base rate 
plus 1.75%, or Bankers’ Acceptances/LIBOR stamp 
fee plus 3.25%, secured by a General Security 
Agreement securing all Fund assets 

          $      nil 

        $  223,715 

     $  2,099,999 

The Fund is provided an operating line of $16 million under the credit agreement from its senior lender, collateralized 
by a General Security Agreement and subsidiary guarantees.  Gains on foreign exchange transactions associated with a 
Canadian domiciled U.S. dollar bank account within this facility amounted to $8,376 (2010 – $13,762).  At December 
31, 2011 the balance in the Canadian domiciled U.S. dollar bank account was $2,777 (December 31, 2010 – $2,001, 
January 1, 2010 - $9,650).  

Included in interest expense is interest related to bank indebtedness of $133,349 (2010 - $128,939). 

13.  DISTRIBUTIONS  

The Fund’s Trustees have discretion in declaring distributions.  The Fund’s distribution policy is to make distributions 
of  its  available  cash  from  operations  taking  into  account  current  and  future  performance,  amounts  necessary  for 
principal  and  interest  payments  on  debt  obligations,  amounts  required  for  maintenance  capital  expenditures  and 
amounts allocated to reserves.   

Distributions to unitholders were declared and paid as follows: 

   Record Date 

     Payment Date 

Distribution per Unit 

       Distribution Amount 

January 31, 2010 
February 28, 2010 
March 31, 2010 
April 30, 2010 
May 31, 2010 
June 30, 2010 
July 31, 2010 
August 31, 2010 
September 30, 2010 
October 31, 2010 
November 30, 2010 
December 31, 2010 

February 24, 2010 
March 29, 2010 
April 28, 2010 
May 27, 2010 
June 28, 2010 
July 28, 2010 
August 27, 2010 
September 28, 2010 
October 27, 2010 
November 26, 2010 
December 23, 2010 
January 27, 2011 

  $      0.025 
      0.025 
      0.025 
      0.02625 
      0.02625 
      0.0275 
      0.0275 
      0.0275 
      0.02875 
      0.02875 
      0.02875 
      0.03 
  $      0.32625 

$         269,368 
           269,498 
           269,500 
           282,987 
           282,986 
           296,486 
           296,486 
           296,487 
           309,966 
           309,966 
           309,970 
           323,463 
$      3,517,163 

   Record Date 

     Payment Date 

Distribution per Unit 

       Distribution Amount 

January 31, 2011 
February 28, 2011 
March 31, 2011 
April 30, 2011 
May 31, 2011 
June 30, 2011 
July 31, 2011 
August 31, 2011 
September 30, 2011 
October 31, 2011 
November 30, 2011 
December 31, 2011 

February 24, 2011 
March 29, 2011 
April 27, 2011 
May 27, 2011 
June 28, 2011 
July 27, 2011 
August 29, 2011 
September 28, 2011 
October 27, 2011 
November 28, 2011 
December 22, 2011 
January 27, 2012 

$    0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
        0.0375 
      0.0375 
$    0.425            

71

$         377,391 
           377,397 
           377,397 
           377,413 
           377,817 
           377,823 
           377,918 
           377,972 
           438,428 
           438,448 
           469,797 
           469,805 
$      4,837,606 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Further distributions were declared for the months of January, February and March 2012 in the monthly amounts of 
$0.0375 per unit.  The total amount of distributions declared after the reporting date was $1,409,708. 

14.   LONG-TERM DEBT 

The Company maintains a Canadian operating line facility of $16,000,000 as described in Note 12.  The agreement is 
collateralized by a General Security Agreement and subsidiary guarantees, with incentive priced interest rates and is 
subject to customary terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions for an income trust.   

Long-term debt is comprised of the following: 

  December 31, 
2011 

December 31,  
2010 

January 1,  
2010 

2006 U.S. senior term facility 
2010 U.S. senior term facility 
2011 U.S. senior term facility 
Subordinated supplier debt 
Seller notes 

Current portion 

$      9,699,015 
      6,933,219 
      6,798,645 

 - 
5,515,225 
           28,946,104 
             2,201,464 
$       26,744,640 

$       10,965,450 
             6,769,770 

 - 
 - 
3,022,289 
           20,757,509 
             1,753,768 
$       19,003,741 

$       13,103,985 

 - 
 - 
26,021 
1,486,232 
           14,616,238 
             1,911,478 
$       12,704,760 

The  2006  U.S.  senior  term  facility,  with  a  U.S.  bank  is  secured  by  the  shares  and  assets,  excluding  cash  and 
receivables, of The Gerber Group, Inc. (a subsidiary of the Company) as well as a guarantee by The Boyd Group, Inc. 
and a third party guarantee with terms and conditions customary for an income trust.  The facility was supported by an 
initial  five  year  promissory  note  due  January  31,  2011  with  six  quarterly  principal  repayments,  in  the  amount  of 
$375,000  U.S.,  beginning  October  31,  2009  and  continuing  thereafter  on  the  last  day  of  January,  April,  July  and 
October  2010  as  well  as  January  31,  2011.    On  July  30,  2010  the  facility  was  extended  with  a  new  three  year 
promissory note due July 31, 2013 with quarterly repayments of $375,000 U.S. and then on June 30, 2011 the facility 
was further extended with a new three year promissory note due July 31, 2014 with quarterly payments of $375,000 
U.S.    The  final  quarterly  installment  shall  also  include  the  remaining  principal  amount  of  the  term  loan  unless  the 
facility is further extended.  Subject to certain conditions, the Company has the option to renew the facility, on terms 
not less favourable, for up to an additional seven years with continuing quarterly repayments.  Interest rates are based 
on LIBOR plus 2.5% for LIBOR loans or for a prime rate loan, the greater of (i) the U.S. prime rate less 0.25%, or (ii) 
the  sum  of Fed  Funds Open  Rate  plus 0.5%,  or  (iii)  LIBOR  plus 1.5%.    At  Boyd’s option,  a fixed rate  loan  is  also 
available for the extended term of the loan at the U.S. Bank’s cost of funds plus 2.5%. The balance is net of financing 
fees of $89,610 (December 31, 2010 - $99,475, January 1, 2010 - $109,340). 

The  2010  U.S.  senior  term  facility,  with  a  U.S.  bank  is  secured  by  the  shares  and  assets,  excluding  cash  and 
receivables, of True2Form (a subsidiary of the Company) as well as a guarantee  by The Boyd Group, Inc. and a third 
party guarantee with terms and conditions similar to the 2006 U.S. senior term facility.  The facility was supported by 
an initial three year, interest only, promissory note due July 31, 2013.  On June 30, 2011 the facility was extended with 
a  new  three  year  promissory  note  due  July  31,  2014  with  quarterly  repayments  of  $201,000  U.S.  commencing  on 
October 31, 2013 and continuing thereafter on the last day of each of January, April and July 2014.  The final quarterly 
instalment  also  includes  the  remaining  principle  amount  of  the  term  loan  unless  the  facility  is  further  extended.  
Subject to certain conditions, the Company has the option to renew the facility, at the then current market terms, for an 
additional eleven years with quarterly principal repayments.  Interest rates are based on LIBOR plus 3.75% for LIBOR 
loans or for a prime rate loan, the greater of (i) the U.S. prime rate plus 1.0%, or (ii) the sum of Fed Funds Open Rate 
plus 1.75%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 2.75%.  At Boyd’s option, a fixed rate loan is also available for the initial term of the 
loan at the U.S. Bank’s cost of funds plus 3.75%.  The balance is net of financing fees of $149,169 (2010 - $156,625). 

The  2011  U.S.  senior  term  facility,  with  a  U.S.  bank  is  secured  by  the  shares  and  assets,  excluding  cash  and 
receivables, of Cars (a subsidiary of the Company) as well as a guarantee by The Boyd Group, Inc. and a third party 
guarantee with terms and conditions similar to the existing U.S. senior term facilities.  The facility is supported by an 
initial three year, interest only, promissory note due July 31, 2014 unless extended.  Subject to certain conditions, the 
Company has the option to renew the facility, at the then current market terms, for up to an additional twelve years 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

with quarterly principal repayments beginning on October 31, 2014.  Interest rates are based on LIBOR plus 3.75% for 
LIBOR loans or for a prime rate loan, the greater of (i) the U.S. prime rate plus 1.0%, or (ii) the sum of Fed Funds 
Open Rate plus 1.75%, or (iii) LIBOR plus 2.75%.  At Boyd’s option, a fixed rate loan is also available for the initial 
term of the loan at the U.S. Bank’s cost of funds plus 3.75%. 

Seller notes payable of $5,959,366 U.S. on the financing of certain acquisitions are unsecured, at interest rates ranging 
from 5.0% to 8.0%.  The notes are repayable from January 2012 to October 2025 in the same currency as the related 
note. 

Included in interest expense is interest on long-term debt of $1,060,211 (2010 - $617,389). 

The following schedule of expected principal payments has been prepared assuming the renewal of the U.S. senior term 
facilities, the renewal and repayment of which has been guaranteed by a third party.  

< 1 year 
>1 year <= 5 years 
> 5 years 

2,201,464 
12,802,515 
13,942,125 

15.  OBLIGATIONS UNDER FINANCE LEASES 

  December 31,  
2011 

December 31,  
2010 

January 1,  
2010 

Equipment  leases,  at  interest  rates  ranging  from 
5.16%  to 10.11%,  due  January  2012  to  June  2017 
(2010 – January 2011 to June 2017, 2009 – January 
2010  to  June  2017),  secured  by  equipment  with  a 
net book value of $5,584,468 (December 31, 2010 - 
$3,591,643, January 1, 2010 - $2,679,110). 

Vehicle  leases,  at  interest  rates  ranging  from 
7.04%  to  9.95%,  due  January  2012  to  August 
2016 (2010 – January 2011 to October 2014, 2009 
–  January  2010  to  January  2012),  secured  by 
vehicles  with  a  net  book  value  of  $2,067,320 
(December  31,  2010  -  $1,700,109,  January  1, 
2010 - $2,411,732) 

Amounts representing interest  

Current portion 

     $      5,553,878 

     $      3,582,786 

     $      2,640,208 

             1,866,825 

             1,753,771 

             2,725,707 

             7,420,703 
             1,041,320 
             6,379,383 
             2,302,462 
     $      4,076,921 

             5,336,557 
                741,386 
             4,595,171 
             1,751,050 
     $      2,844,121 

             5,365,915 
                763,478 
             4,602,437 
             1,437,702 
     $      3,164,735 

Included in interest expense is interest related to finance leases of $549,804 (2010 - $425,171). 

Minimum lease payments required are as follows: 

Principal & 
Interest 

Amounts 
Representing 
Interest 

Principal 

< 1 year 
>1 year <= 5 years 
> 5 years 

      2,803,152 
4,600,007 
17,544 

(500,690) 
(540,138) 
(492) 

      2,302,462 
4,059,869 
17,052 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

16.  SETTLEMENT ACCRUAL  

On October 15, 2011, the Fund announced the retirement of Terry Smith from both his position as Executive Chairman 
of  the  Fund  and  as  a  member  of  the  Fund’s  Board  of  Trustees.    The  Company  is  obligated  to  continue  with  the 
payment of Mr. Smith’s compensation until January 31, 2014, being the date upon which his employment agreement 
would have ended. Mr. Smith will receive no other material compensation in respect of the end of his employment, 
although  his  right  to  payment  under  his  retirement  compensation  agreement  will  continue  with  a  final  payment 
occurring  in  January  2014.    An  amount  of  $3,278,081  was  expensed  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011  related  to  these 
obligations  of  which  $3,013,236  remains  unpaid  at  December  31,  2011,  the  current  portion  of  which  is  $1,093,843.  
Mr. Smith is subject to a non-compete agreement in effect until January 31, 2016, under which he will not compete 
with Boyd and its subsidiaries in the auto glass and vehicle collision repair businesses anywhere in North America.   

17.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS  

Carrying Value and Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments: 

Asset (liability)  

($000’s) 

December 31, 2011 

December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010 

Carrying 
Value 

Fair Value 

Carrying 
Value 

Fair Value 

Carrying 
Value 

Fair Value 

Cash 
Accounts receivable 
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable & accrued 
liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Convertible exchange note 
Exchangeable class A shares 
Non-controlling interest put option 

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts - 

      18,443 
      22,471 
          - 
   (38,516) 

          18,443 
          22,471 
              - 

(38,516)

  -  
- 
- 
- 

        9,594 
      18,705 
     (224)
 (31,259)

            9,594 
          18,705 
     (224)
 (31,259)

  -  
- 
- 
- 

            5,086 
          15,472 
    (2,100) 
  (20,800) 

            5,086 
          15,472 
    (2,100)
  (20,800)

 -  
- 
- 

   (28,946) 
     - 
   (4,147) 
   (435) 

   (28,946)
     - 
   (4,147)
   (435)

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

 (20,758)
     - 
 (6,535)
     - 

 (20,758)
        - 

 (6,535)

        - 

             64 
      (383)

                 64 
      (383)

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

  (14,616) 
    (523) 
  (4,526) 
     - 

  (14,616)
    (523)
  (4,526)

        - 

               329 
        (270) 

               329 
        (270)

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

The Fund selling U.S. dollars 
The Fund buying U.S. dollars 

          - 

             - 

        (8) 

        (8)

For the Fund’s current financial assets and liabilities, which are short term in nature and subject to normal trade terms, the 
carrying  values  approximate  their  fair  value.    As  there  is  no  ready  secondary  market  for  the  Fund’s  long-term  debt  or 
convertible exchange note, the fair value has been estimated using the discounted cash flow method.  The fair value using 
the  discounted  cash  flow  method  is  approximately  equal  to  their  carrying  value.    The  fair  values  for  forward  contract 
derivative  instruments,  the  exchangeable  class  A  shares  and  the  non  controlling  interest  put  option  are  based  on  the 
estimated cash payment or receipt necessary to settle the contract at the balance sheet date.  Cash payments or receipts are 
based on discounted cash flows using current market rates and prices and adjusted for credit risk. 

The Fund’s financial instruments measured at fair value are limited to cash, the exchangeable class A shares, the non 
controlling interest put option and the derivative contracts.  Cash is classified as a level one while the exchangeable 
class A shares, the non controlling interest put option and the derivative contracts are classified as a level two, since 
they are determined by using observable market inputs.  

Collateral 

The Company’s Canadian operating facility is collateralized by a General Security Agreement.  The carrying amount 
of  the  financial  assets  pledged  as  collateral  for  this  facility  at  December  31,  2011  was  approximately  $41.2  million 
(December 31, 2010 - $28.3 million, January 1, 2010 - $20.6 million). 

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Interest rate risk 

The Company’s operating line and U.S. senior term facility are exposed to interest rate fluctuations and the Company 
does  not  hold  any  financial  instruments  to  mitigate  this  risk.    Included  as  a  component  of  long-term  debt  are  seller 
notes with fixed interest rates that are held constant for the terms of the notes.   

Foreign currency risk 

The Company’s operations in the U.S. are more closely tied to its domestic currency.  Accordingly, the U.S. operations 
are  measured  in  U.S.  dollars  and  the  Company’s  foreign  exchange  translation  exposure  relates  to  these  operations.  
When the U.S. operation’s net asset values are converted to Canadian dollars, currency fluctuations result in period to 
period  changes  in  those  net  asset  values.    The  Fund’s  equity  position  reflects  these  changes  in  net  asset  values  as 
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive earnings.  The income and expenses of the U.S. operations are translated 
into Canadian dollars at the average rate for the period in order to include their financial results in the consolidated 
financial  statements.    Period  to  period  changes  in  the  average  exchange  rates  cause  translation  effects  that  have  an 
impact  on  net  earnings.    Unlike  the  effect  of  exchange  rate  fluctuations  on  transaction  exposure,  the  exchange  rate 
translation risk does not affect local currency cash flows.   

In  order  to  limit  the  variability  of  earnings  due  to  the  foreign  exchange  translation  exposure  on  the  income  and 
expenses of the U.S. operations, the Company will at times enter into foreign exchange contracts.  These contracts are 
marked to market monthly with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.  At December 31, 2011 there were no 
such contracts outstanding.  

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  the  Fund  recorded  to  earnings  previously  unrealized  losses  related  to  these 
contracts in the amount of $64,000 (2010 – $265,400).  During 2011, the Fund realized foreign exchange gains in the 
amount of $84,340 (2010 – $424,320).   

Transactional  foreign  currency  risk  also  exists  in  limited  circumstances  where  U.S. denominated  cash  is  received  in 
Canada.  The Company monitors U.S. denominated cash flows to be received in Canada and evaluates whether to use 
forward  foreign  exchange  contracts.   During 2010, $8,000,000 U.S. was  lent  to  the  Canadian operations on  a short-
term  basis  and  exchanged  into  Canadian  dollars.    During  2011,  the  Company  recorded  a  foreign  exchange  gain  of 
$198,000  on  this  loan.    These  funds  were  repaid  in  June  2011.    The  Company  had  also  entered  into  a  $8,000,000 
forward foreign exchange contract to purchase U.S. funds to protect against foreign exchange exposure during the loan 
term  which  was  also  settled  in  June  2011.    During  2011  the  Company  recorded  to  earnings  a  loss  related  to  this 
contract in the amount of $217,700.  An $8,000,000 U.S. loan and foreign exchange contract were also entered into in 
June  2011  and  expiring  in  October  2011.    The  Fund  realized  a  loss  of  $683,000  on  this  loan  offset  by  a  gain  of 
$639,000 on the contract.  Finally, in October 2011, the Company made a new short-term loan for $5,000,000 U.S. and 
entered  into  a  new  forward  foreign  exchange  contract.    The  unrealized  loss  on  this  loan  at  December  31,  2011  was 
$1,000 and the unrealized loss and fair value liability related to the forward foreign exchange contract was $7,900. 

Credit risk 

The  carrying  amount  of  financial  assets  represents  the  maximum  credit  exposure.    Cash  is  in  the  form  of  deposits  on 
demand with major financial institutions that have strong long-term credit ratings.  The Fund is subject to risk of non-
payment of accounts receivable, however the Fund’s receivables are largely collected from the insurers of its customers.  
Accordingly,  the  Fund’s  accounts  receivable  are  comprised  mostly  of  amounts  due  from  national  and  international 
insurance companies or provincial crown corporations. Derivative contracts are over-the-counter traded and are with a 
counter party that is a highly rated financial institution.   

Aging of past due but not impaired accounts receivable: 

($000’s) 

90-120 days 
Over 120 days 
Total 

  December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

                611   
                942   
             1,553 

                696   
                503   
             1,199 

          293   
          569   
          862 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

The  Fund  uses  an  allowance  account  to  record  an  estimate  of  potential  impairment  for  accounts  receivables  based  on 
aging and other factors.  The Fund has not identified specific accounts it believes to be impaired.   

($000’s) 

  December 31, 2011 December 31, 2010 

January 1, 2010

Balance of allowance account, beginning of year 
(Decrease) increase in allowance (net of recoveries and 

amounts written off) 

Balance of allowance account, end of year 

                278   

                270   

          407   

              (38)   

                240 

                    8   
                278 

         (137)   
          270 

Liquidity risk 

The following table details the Fund’s remaining contractual maturities for its financial liabilities.   

Liquidity Risk (000’s) 
As at December 31, 2011 

Due < 1 
year 

Due > 1 year, 
< 2 years 

Contractual Payment Terms 
Due > 3 year, 
Due > 2 year, 
< 4 years 
< 3 years 

Due > 4 year, 
< 5 years 

Due > 5 
years 

Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable & accrued 
liabilities 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under finance lease 

$       - 

$       - 

$       - 

$       - 

$       - 

$       - 

38,791 
2,201 
2,302 

- 
2,351 
1,423 

- 
2,781 
1,405 

- 
4,634 
854 

- 
3,037 
359 

- 
13,942 
36 

Total Contractual Obligations 

$   43,294 

$     3,774 

$     4,186 

$     5,488 

$     3,396 

$    13,978 

The Fund’s bank indebtedness, when owing, is a current liability and is primarily a 364 day revolving credit facility.  The 
bank indebtedness would only become due and payable in an event of default.  The Fund has the ability to further draw on 
the facility to a maximum of $16 million, subject to accounts receivable margin limitations.  Based on these limitations, 
the total available amount at the statement of financial position date was $16,000,000 (December 31, 2010 - $15,300,000, 
January 1, 2010 – $10,400,000).  Obligations of the Fund are generally satisfied through future operating cash flows and 
the collection of accounts receivable. 

Market Risk and Sensitivity Analysis 

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in 
market prices.  Components of market risk to which the Fund is exposed are interest rate risk and foreign exchange rate 
risk as discussed above. 

The Fund has used a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated change to net earnings and equity of a 1% 
(100 basis points) difference in market interest rates. 

The sensitivity analysis assumes that changes in market interest rates only affect interest income or expense of variable 
financial instruments not covered by hedging instruments.  For the year ended December 31, 2011 it is estimated that the 
impact of a 1% change to market rates would result in a $210,000 change (2010 – $115,000) to net earnings as well as 
comprehensive earnings. 

The currency risk sensitivity analysis is based on a 5% strengthening or weakening of the Canadian Dollar against the 
U.S. Dollar and assumes that all other variables remain constant. 

Under this assumption, net earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011 as well as comprehensive earnings would have 
changed by $nil due to the limited number of foreign exchange contracts in place at the end of 2011 (2010 – $45,000).   

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Exchangeable Class A Shares 

The  Class  A  common  shares  of  BGHI  are  exchangeable  into  units  of  the  Fund.    To  facilitate  the  exchange,  BGHI 
issues one Class B common share to the Fund for each Class A common share that has been retracted.  The Fund in 
turn issues a trust unit to the Class A common shareholder.  The exchangeable feature results in the Class A common 
shares of BGHI being presented as financial liabilities of the Fund.  Exchangeable Class A shares are measured at the 
market price of the units of the Fund as of the statement of financial position date.  The market price is based on a ten 
day trading average for the units at such date.  Exchanges are recorded at carrying value.  At December 31, 2011 there 
were 373,918 (2010 – 819,952) shares outstanding with a carrying value of $4,146,751 (2010 – $6,535,017).  During 
the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  Terry  Smith,  who  at  the  time  was  the  Executive  Chairman  of  the  Fund,  retracted  427,766 
Class A common shares which were later sold as part of the bought deal public offering as described in Note 23.  The 
retraction was recorded at a carrying value of $4,121,666.  Total retractions for the year were 446,304 (2010 – 10,511) for 
$4,298,493 (2010 – $57,599).   

Dividends on the exchangeable class A shares are recorded as interest expense and were declared and paid as follows: 

   Record Date 

     Payment Date 

Dividend per Share 

       Dividend Amount 

January 31, 2010 
February 28, 2010 
March 31, 2010 
April 30, 2010 
May 31, 2010 
June 30, 2010 
July 31, 2010 
August 31, 2010 
September 30, 2010 
October 31, 2010 
November 30, 2010 
December 31, 2010 

February 24, 2010 
March 29, 2010 
April 28, 2010 
May 27, 2010 
June 28, 2010 
July 28, 2010 
August 27, 2010 
September 28, 2010 
October 27, 2010 
November 26, 2010 
December 23, 2010 
January 27, 2011 

      $     0.025 
             0.025 
             0.025 
             0.02625 
             0.02625 
             0.0275 
             0.0275 
             0.0275 
             0.02875 
             0.02875 
             0.02875 
             0.03 
        $   0.32625 

$       21,319 
         21,189 
         21,187 
         22,235 
         22,234 
         23,269 
         23,269 
         23,270 
         24,324 
         24,324 
         24,323 
         25,361 
$       276,304 

   Record Date 

     Payment Date 

Dividend per Share 

       Dividend Amount 

January 31, 2011 
February 28, 2011 
March 31, 2011 
April 30, 2011 
May 31, 2011 
June 30, 2011 
July 31, 2011 
August 31, 2011 
September 30, 2011 
October 31, 2011 
November 30, 2011 
December 31, 2011 

February 24, 2011 
March 29, 2011 
April 27, 2011 
May 27, 2011 
June 28, 2011 
July 27, 2011 
August 29, 2011 
September 28, 2011 
October 27, 2011 
November 28, 2011 
December 22, 2011 
January 27, 2012 

$    0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.035 
      0.0375 
      0.0375 
$    0.425            

$       29,572 
         29,565 
         29,565 
         29,548 
         29,144 
         29,139 
         29,044 
         28,990 
         14,033 
         14,015 
         14,983 
         14,975 
$       292,573 

During 2011, an expense in the amount of $1,910,226 (2010 –$2,066,592) was recorded to earnings related to these 
exchangeable shares. 

Further  dividends  were  declared  for  the  months  of  January,  February  and  March  2012  in  the  monthly  amounts  of 
$0.0375 per share.  The total amount of dividends declared after the reporting date was $44,630. 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

Non controlling interest put option 

Effective January 1, 2011, the Fund entered into an agreement that provides a member of its U.S. management team 
the opportunity to participate in the future growth of the Fund’s U.S. glass business.  The Fund will continue to control 
the assets and operations of its U.S. glass business but the agreement allows for participation in earnings in excess of 
the historical profitability levels.  To date, the business has not reached the targets set out in the agreement and so there 
has been no non controlling interest allocation.   

Within  the  agreement  is  a  put  option  held  by  the  non  controlling  shareholder  that  allows  the  shareholder  to  put  the 
business  back  to  the  Fund  according  to  a  valuation  formula  defined  in  the  agreement.    The  value  of  the  put  at  the 
statement of financial position date was a liability of $442,395.  The put option is restricted during the first three years 
of the agreement but then may be exercisable at the any time by the non controlling shareholder.  The value of the put 
option  is  determined  by  discounting  the  estimated  future  payment  obligation  at  each  statement  of  financial  position 
date.    The  initial  amount  of  the  put  option  of  $228,825  was  recorded  to  retained  earnings  and  additional  put  option 
expense of $214,998, was recorded during the year, to reflect an increase in the estimated value of the business. 

18.  UNIT BASED PAYMENT OBLIGATION 

Pursuant  to  the  Fund’s  Option  Agreement  and  Confirmation,  the  Fund  has  granted  options  to  purchase  units  of  the 
Fund to certain key executives.  The following options are outstanding at December 31, 2011: 

Date Granted 
January 11, 2006 
November 8, 2007 
November 8, 2007 
November 8, 2007 

     Number of Units 

   Issue Date 
   January 11, 2006            200,000 
   January 2, 2008              150,000 
   January 2, 2009              150,000 
   January 2, 2010              150,000 
             650,000 

Exercise Price  Expiry Date 
      $1.91 
      $2.70 
      $3.14 
      $5.41 

      Fair Value 
January 11, 2016        $    821,858 
January 2, 2018 
      $    346,231 
      $    283,141 
January 2, 2019 
January 2, 2020         $    199,140 
      $ 1,650,370 

On January 11, 2006, the Fund granted options which permit the purchase of in the aggregate up to 200,000 units of 
the  Fund  at  any  time  after  the  expiration of  9  years  and  255 days  after  the  date  the options  were  granted up  to  and 
including the expiration of 9 years and 345 days after the date the options were granted.  The units may be purchased, 
to the extent validly exercised, on the 10th anniversary of the grant date subject to the condition that the option is not 
exercisable if the grantee is not an officer or employee on September 23, 2015.  The exercise price, which was set at 
the time of granting, is the weighted average trading price on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the first 15 trading days 
in the month of January 2006, being $1.91 per unit.  The fair value of each option is estimated using a Black-Scholes 
valuation  model  with  the  following  assumptions  used  for  the  options  granted:    stock  price  $11.09,  dividend  yield 
6.17%, expected volatility 43.65% (determined as a weighted standard deviation of the unit price over the past four 
years), risk free interest rate 1.22%, initial term 10 years, remaining term 4 years.   

On November 8, 2007, the Fund granted additional options to certain key employees allowing them to purchase in the 
aggregate  up  to  450,000  units  of  the  Fund,  such  options  to  be  issued  to  purchase  up  to  150,000  units  on  each  of 
January 2, 2008, 2009 and 2010 exercisable on, but not before, the 10th anniversary of the respective issue date.  The 
purchase price per Fund unit under the options issued on each issue date was determined as the greater of the closing 
price for Fund units on the Toronto Stock Exchange on the option grant date (being $2.70 per unit) and the weighted 
average trading price of the Fund units on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the first 15 trading days in the month of 
January in which each issue date falls.  The options are not exercisable if, for any reason, other than dismissal “without 
cause”, the grantee is not an officer or employee of the Fund, or any of its subsidiaries 9 years, 255 days after each of 
the option issue dates in question.  However, the grantee has the right to exercise the option to purchase the Fund units 
if there is a “takeover bid” for Fund units.  The fair value of each option is estimated using a Black-Scholes valuation 
model  with  the  following  assumptions  used  for  the  options  granted:    stock  price  $11.09,  dividend  yield  6.17%, 
expected volatility 43.65%, risk free interest rates of 1.57%, 1.76% and 1.94% respectively , initial terms of 10, 11 and 
12 years respectively, remaining terms of 6, 7 and 8 years respectively. 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, an expense of $918,878 (2010 - $384,438) was recorded to earnings related 
to these unit options. 

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

19.  UNEARNED REBATES 

The Company has an agreement with strategic trading partners providing it prepaid rebate funding.  During 2011, in 
connection with a new acquisition and under a new addendum to its existing supply agreement, the Company received 
a  one-time  enhanced  prepaid  rebate  from  its  trading  partners  of  $5,573,075.    Beginning  on  September  30,  2011 
additional regularly scheduled rebates are collectible in quarterly instalments of $120,000 U.S. for a period of six years 
ending on May 31, 2017.  The prepaid rebate and the additional quarterly rebates are deferred as unearned rebates and 
amortized to earnings, as a reduction of cost of sales, over a period of 15 years. The enhanced prepaid rebate will be 
tested after three years, with any over funding being adjusted against the additional quarterly rebates.   

Rebates received under these agreements are deferred as unearned rebates and amortized to earnings, as a reduction of 
cost  of  sales,  over  the  initial  15  year  term  of  the  agreement  or  any  addendums  to  the  agreement.    The  Company  is 
obliged  to  purchase  the  suppliers’  products  on  an  exclusive  basis  over  this  term.    In  exchange  for  this  exclusive 
arrangement,  and  subject  to  certain  conditions,  the  trading  partners  are  required  to  continue  to  price  their  products 
competitively to the Company.  Additional prepaid rebates are available for new acquisitions and start-ups and regular 
testing of the criteria used to determine additional rebates will apply, with any under-funded (or over-funded) amounts 
to  be  collected  (or  repaid)  by  the  Company  at  that  time.    Termination  of  the  arrangement  by  the  Company,  the 
occurrence of an event of default or a change in control, as defined by the agreement, would require the Company to 
repay  all  un-amortized  balances  and  all  other  amounts  as  outlined  within  the  agreement.    Including  the  rebates 
described above, aggregate quarterly rebates of $482,500 U.S. are collectible by the Company until January 31, 2012, 
reducing to quarterly rebates of $245,000 U.S. collectible from May 31, 2012 until May 31, 2016 and then reducing to 
$120,000 U.S. collectible from August 31, 2016 to May 31, 2017.  Other amounts received or receivable to reimburse 
specific  costs  are  applied  against  the  identified  cost  in  the  period  the  cost  is  incurred,  with  the  balance  deferred  as 
unearned rebates and amortized to earnings, as a reduction of cost of sales, over the remaining term of the agreement.  

20.  LEASE COMMITMENTS  

The Fund has various operating lease commitments, primarily in respect of leased premises.  The aggregate amount of 
future minimum lease payments is $97,161,808 (2010 - $98,014,075).  The minimum amounts payable over the next five 
years are as follows: 

< 1 year 
>1 year <= 5 years 
> 5 years 

$   20,771,342 
50,400,069 
25,990,397 

21.  CONTINGENCIES 

 The  Fund has a  Canadian  denominated  letter  of  credit  for  $25,000 (2010  –$25,000).   In  addition,  the  Fund has  two 
U.S. denominated letters of credit for $225,000 U.S. (2010 –$225,000 U.S.). 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

22.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

2011 

2010 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, beginning of year, 

Unrealized gain (loss) on translating financial statements of 

foreign operations 

$   (1,357,080) 

  $               -  

1,165,054 

(1,357,080) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, end of year, 

$   (192,026) 

$   (1,357,080) 

There is no tax impact of translating the financial statements of the foreign operation. 

23.  CAPITAL 

Unitholders’ Capital 

Authorized:  
Unlimited number of trust units 

An unlimited number of Units are authorized and may be issued pursuant to the Declaration of Trust.  All Units are of 
the same class with equal rights and privileges.  Each Unit is redeemable and transferable.  A Unit entitles the holder 
thereof to participate equally in distributions, including the distributions of net earnings and net realized capital gains 
of the Fund and distributions on termination or winding-up of the Fund, is fully paid and non-assessable and entitles 
the holder thereof to one vote at all meetings of Unitholders for each Unit held. 

On  September  27,  2011  the  Fund  completed  a  bought  deal  public  offering  where  it  sold  to  an  underwriting  syndicate 
1,963,231 trust units, of which 1,300,000 units were issued out of treasury, 463,231 units were sold by Terry Smith who 
at the time was the Executive Chairman of the Fund and 200,000 units were sold by Eddie Cheskis, an officer of one of 
the Company’s subsidiaries.  The price  of the offering was $10.75 per unit, resulting in  gross proceeds to the Fund of 
$13,975,000.    The  cost,  net  of  tax,  to  issue  the  units  was  $1,284,310  (tax  of  $449,219)  and  was  netted  against  the 
proceeds.   

24.  CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS 

The  Fund  records  as  contributed  surplus  the  equity  component  of  convertible  debt  on  expiry  or  settlement  of  the 
related convertible debt.   

Units  purchased  under  the  Fund’s  Normal  Course  Issuer  Bid  for  a  value  below  their  carrying  amount  represent  a 
contribution to the benefit of the remaining unitholders and the difference is credited to contributed surplus.   

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

25.   CAPITAL STRUCTURE 

The Fund’s and Company’s objective when managing capital is to maintain a flexible capital structure which optimizes 
the  cost  of  capital  at  acceptable  risk.    The  Fund  includes  in  its  definition  of  capital:  equity  (excluding  accumulated 
other  comprehensive  loss),  long-term  debt,  exchange  notes,  obligations  under  finance  lease,  unearned  rebates,  bank 
indebtedness and cash.  

The  Fund  and  Company  manage  the  capital  structure  and  make  adjustments  to  it  by  taking  into  account  changing 
economic  conditions,  operating  performance  and  growth  opportunities.    In  order  to  maintain  or  adjust  the  capital 
structure,  the  Fund  or  Company  may  adjust  the  amount  of  distributions  and  dividends  it  pays,  purchase  units  for 
cancellation  pursuant  to  a  normal  course  issuer  bid,  issue  new  units,  issue  new  debt  or  replace  existing  debt  with 
different characteristics, expand the operating line, increase or decrease its obligations under finance lease, negotiate 
unearned rebates, or settle certain acquisition obligations using a greater amount of cash or units. 

The  Company  monitors  capital  on  a  number  of  bases,  including  a  debt  service  coverage  ratio,  a  funded  debt  to 
EBITDA ratio, a debt to equity ratio, a current ratio, its adjusted distributable cash payout ratio, diluted earnings per 
unit  and  distributions  per  unit.    The  debt  service  coverage  ratio  is  the  ratio  of  operating  profits,  plus  collection  of 
rebates  receivable,  less  maintenance  capital  expenditures  to  debt  and  capital  lease  payments,  rebate  repayments, 
dividends and distributions.  Funded debt to EBITDA is calculated as the Company’s funded debt, capital leases and 
operating line divided by EBITDA.  EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure, whose nearest GAAP measure is Cash Flow 
from Operations.  The distributable cash payout ratio is calculated by dividing the distributions paid during the period 
by adjusted distributable cash.  Adjusted distributable cash is a non-GAAP measure, whose nearest GAAP measure is 
Cash Flow from Operations.   

The Fund’s strategy has been to monitor and adjust its distributions in order to maintain a strong statement of financial 
position and improve its cash position and financial flexibility.  In addition, the Fund believes that, from time to time, 
the market price of the units may not fully reflect the underlying value of the units and that at such times the purchase 
of units would be in the best interest of the Fund.  Such purchases increase the proportionate ownership interest of all 
remaining unitholders.  

The  Company  grows,  in  part,  through  future  acquisitions  or  start-up  of  collision  and  glass  repair  and  replacement 
businesses,  or  other  businesses.    Sources  of  capital  that  the  Company  has  been  successful  at  accessing  in  the  past 
include public and private equity placements, the use of equity securities to directly pay for a portion of acquisitions, 
capital  available  through  strategic  alliances  with  trading  partners,  capital  lease  financing,  seller  financing  and  both 
senior and subordinate debt facilities. 

Total capitalization increased compared to the prior year primarily as a result of the completion of a bought deal public 
offering as well as the acquisition of CARS.  The proceeds from the bought deal public offering has strengthened the 
Company’s  current  ratio.    The  debt  service  coverage  ratio  has  remained  in  a  consistent  range  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2011 compared to the prior year.  The increased debt from the CARS acquisition has resulted in a higher 
debt to EBITDA ratio.   

The  adjusted  distributable  cash  payout  ratio  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011  was  31.3%  (2010  -  24.7%).    A 
modest increase in distributions during the year was only partially offset with increases in distributable cash resulting 
in the ratio increasing between the two periods.  Diluted earnings per unit and distributions paid per unit were $0.262 
and $0.418 respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011 (2010 – $1.249 and $0.321).  The current annualized 
distribution  level  of  $0.45  represents  an  annual  payout  ratio,  which  the  Trustees  of  the  fund  consider  to  be  a 
conservative and sustainable level, that allows for continued balance sheet improvement. 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

26.  SEASONALITY  

The Fund’s financial results for any individual quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the 
full year. Interim period revenues and earnings are typically sensitive to regional and local weather, market conditions, 
and in particular, to cyclical variations in economic activity.  

27.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

Management  services  fees  totaling  $1,048,727  (2010  -  $934,331)  were  paid  to  C.C.  Collision  Repair  Management 
Limited Partnership (“C.C. Repair”).  C.C. Repair, an entity owned by parties related to senior officers of the Fund, 
employs  all  of  the  Fund’s  operations  managers  for  its  Manitoba  locations,  as  well  as  certain  senior  corporate 
management staff and provides the services of these personnel to the Fund under contract.  Other than $50,000 (2010 - 
$24,000),  all  of  the  management  fees  collected  by  C.C.  Repair  were  in  turn  paid  out  in  expenses,  either  directly  or 
indirectly to these employees of C.C. Repair for salaries, wages and benefits, or for other expenses associated with the 
delivery of management services.  Effective December 31, 2011, the C.C. Repair Management Limited agreement was 
terminated. 

In  certain  circumstances  the  Company  has  entered  into  property  lease  arrangements  where  an  employee  of  the 
Company is the landlord.  The property leases for these locations do not contain any significant non-standard terms and 
conditions that would not normally exist in an arm’s length relationship, and the Fund has determined that the terms 
and  conditions  of  the  leases  are  representative  of  fair  market  rent  values.    The  following  are  the  facilities  currently 
under lease with related parties: 

Landlord     

Affiliated Person(s) 

Location 

3577997 Manitoba Inc. 
Gerber Building No. 1 Ptnrp 
Rex A. Dunn 
RBMA, LLC 
John S. Sanders 
Sun Coast Properties, LLC 
P & P, LLC 

BCP Realty, Inc. 

Terry Smith & Brock Bulbuck  Selkirk, MB 
Eddie Cheskis & Tim O’Day 
Rex A. Dunn 
Rex A. Dunn 
John S. Sanders 
John S. Sanders 
Richard M. Paukstitus & Clark 
W. Plucinski 
Richard M. Paukstitus & Clark 
W. Plucinski 
Thomas R. Carlton 

South Elgin, IL 
Youngstown, OH 
Warren, OH 
Dublin, OH 
Columbus, OH 
College Park, MD 

Gaithersburg, MD 

Lease 
Expires 

2017 
2013 
2015 
2015 
2015 
2018 
2016 

       2011 

         2010 

$           55,692 
           103,125 
           149,507 
           144,142 
           196,778 
           118,395 
           114,481 

$     55,692 
     103,952 
       57,832 
       57,484 
       83,806 
       50,104 
       52,869 

2016 

           172,950 

       77,247 

Thomas R. Carlton 
Mooresville Commons, LLC  R. Steven McGlothlin 
Farelane Properties Ltd. 
(1)  This  related  party  association  resulted  from  the  acquisition  of  a  property  in  2011  by  Mr.  Smith,  who  at  the  time  was  the  Fund’s  Executive 
Chairman.  Effective October 15, 2011, Mr. Smith retired from both his position as Executive Chairman of the Fund and as a member of the Fund’s 
Board of Trustees.   

Morganton, NC 
Mooresville, NC 
Winnipeg, MB 

             70,577 
           198,968 
           105,617 

       30,397 
       85,692 
     n/a 

2013 
2018 
2014 

Terry Smith(1) 

The  Fund’s  subsidiary,  The  Boyd  Group  Inc.,  has  declared  dividends  totaling  $193,504  (2010  -  $195,926),  through 
BGHI to 4612094 Manitoba Inc., an entity owned directly or indirectly by senior officers of the Fund.  At December 
31, 2011, 4612094 Manitoba Inc. owned 174,848 Class A common shares and 30,000,000 voting common shares of 
BGHI, representing approximately 30% of the total voting shares of BGHI.   

Autofit Retainers & Tools, a supplier of automotive parts affiliated with The Terry Smith Family Trust, recorded sales 
to the Fund in the amount of $84,152 (2010 - $83,324).  The supplier relationship between Autofit Retainers & Tools 
and the Fund does not include any non-standard terms and the transactions of this arrangement are accounted for at the 
exchange amount. 

Certain advertising and related expenses are paid to CMS Inc., a company owned by the spouse of an officer of the 
Company.  During 2011, these expenses amounted to $35,686 (2010 - $71,199) and are accounted for at the exchange 
amount.  Effective June 30, 2011, the arrangement with CMS Inc. was terminated. 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

28.  SEGMENTED REPORTING 

The  Company  has  one  reportable  line  of  business,  being  automotive  collision  repair  and  related  services,  with  all 
revenues  relating  to  a  group  of  similar  services.    In  this  circumstance,  IFRS  requires  the  Company  to  provide 
geographical  disclosure.    For  the  years  reported,  all  of  the  Company’s  revenues  were  derived  within  Canada  or  the 
United  States  of  America.    Reportable  assets  include  property,  plant  and  equipment,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets 
which are all located within these two geographic areas. 

Revenues    

Reportable Assets 

      2011 

      2010 

    2011 

2010 

Canada 
United States 

Total 

$    75,409,889 
    281,556,072 

$    72,068,353 
    184,940,571 

$   16,207,609 
     73,086,107 

$   15,634,215 
     46,415,881 

$  356,965,961 

$  257,008,924 

$   89,293,716 

$   62,050,096 

The Company’s revenues are largely derived from the insurers of its customers, who are generally automobile owners.  
In  three  Canadian  provinces  where  the  Company  operates,  government-owned  insurance  companies  have,  by 
legislation,  either  exclusive  or  semi-exclusive  rights  to  provide  insurance  to  the  Company’s  customers.    Sales 
generated in these three markets represent approximately 12% (2010 – 15%) of the Company’s total sales.  Although 
the Company’s services in these markets are predominately paid for by these government-owned insurance companies, 
the  Company’s  customers  (automobile  owners)  have  freedom  of  choice  of  repair  provider.    In  markets  where  non-
government  owned  insurance  companies  are  predominant,  formal  relationships  with  insurance  companies  such  as 
Direct  Repair  Programs  (“DRPs”),  either  at  the  local  or  national  level,  play  an  important  role  in  generating  sales 
volumes for the Company. Although automobile owners still have the freedom of choice of repair provider, that choice 
can  be  influenced  by  the  insurance  companies  with  DRPs.    Of  the  top  five  non-government  owned  insurance 
companies  that  the  Company  deals  with,  which  in  aggregate  account  for  approximately  41%  (2010  –  37%)  of  total 
sales,  one  insurance  company  represents  approximately  14%  (2010  –  12%)  of  the  Company’s  total  sales,  while  a 
second insurance company represents approximately 11% (2010 – 10%). 

29.   COMPENSATION OF KEY MANAGEMENT 

Compensation awarded to key management included: 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Unit options 
Settlement expense (Note 16) 

      2011 

      2010 

$     2,796,477 
216,900 
918,878 
3,278,081 
$     7,210,336 

$     3,026,190 
206,800 
384,438 
  -  

$     3,617,428 

Key  management  includes  the  Fund’s  Trustees  as  well  the  most  senior  officers  of  the  Company  and  Subsidiary 
Companies 

30.    EMPLOYEE EXPENSES 

Salaries and short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Unit options 

      2011 

      2010 

$    136,609,230 
216,900 
918,878 
$    137,745,008 

$    98,760,939 
206,800 
384,438 
$    99,352,177 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 
(in Canadian dollars) 

31.  DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PENSION PLANS 

The  Fund  has  defined  contribution  pension  plans  for  certain  employees.    The  Fund  matches  U.S.  employee 
contributions  at  rates  up  to  6.0%  of  the  employees’  salary.    The  expense  and  payments  for  the  year  were  $408,864 
(2010 - $260,463).  The Fund has established Retirement Defined Contribution Arrangement Trust Agreements for the 
CEO  and  previous  Executive  Chairman  which  qualify  as  retirement  compensation  arrangements  as  defined  in  the 
Income  Tax  Act  (Canada),  RSC  1985,  c.1  (5th  Supplement),  as  amended.    The  agreements  specify  that  quarterly 
contributions are to be made until the end of 2024.  In the case of the previous Executive Chairman, payments will be 
made  until  January,  2014,  at  which  time  the  balance  will  be  paid  to  settle  the  remaining  obligation.    During  2011 
$216,948 (2010 - $207,146) was accrued and paid related to these arrangements. 

32.  EARNINGS PER UNIT  

a) Earnings: 

Net earnings  
Add: 

2011 

2010 

$        2,949,917 

$      13,472,612 

Net after tax interest on 2005 Vendor exchange notes 

                  - 

                 1,621 

Net earnings – diluted basis 

$        2,949,917 

$      13,474,233 

b) Number of units: 
Average number of units outstanding  
Add:  

Potential conversion of 2005 Vendor exchange notes 

Average number of units outstanding – diluted basis 

Earnings per unit (a) divided by (b) 
  Basic 

  Diluted 

        11,275,971 

        10,780,499 

                   - 
        11,275,971 

                 4,404 
        10,784,903 

$             0.262 

$             1.250 

$             0.262 

$             1.249 

Class A exchangeable shares and unit options are instruments that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in 
the future, but were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they are anti-dilutive for the 
periods presented. 

33.  CHANGES IN NON-CASH OPERATING WORKING CAPITAL ITEMS 

Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Prepaid expenses 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Income taxes payable 

34.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT 

          2011 

           2010 

        $   (2,063,135) 
                 (568,072) 
                    (286,276) 
              1,702,392 
                 269,863 
        $   (945,228) 

       $   (1,270,029)
                (654,956)
                  (18,652)
              2,828,699 
                 118,430 
$    1,003,492 

On January 3, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of Master Collision Repair, Inc., a multi-location collision 
repair company operating eight locations in the Florida market.  The transaction was completed for total consideration 
of approximately $12.0 million U.S., subject to normal post-closing working capital adjustments, and was funded by a 
combination of $3.0 million U.S. cash, $2.0 million third-party financing, and a 15 year, 8.0%, $7.0 million U.S. seller 
take-back note.  No new equity was issued related to the transaction.   

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF TRUSTEES 

The Boyd Group Income Fund Board of Trustees consists of five members – one that is an officer of the Fund and four that 
are independent Trustees.  The Boyd Group Income Fund Board of Trustees has established three standing committees: The 
Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee, The Audit Committee, and the Executive Compensation Committee. 

The  Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination  Committee  is  chaired  by  Wally  Comrie  and  includes  all  of  the  independent 
Trustees.    The  Audit  Committee  is  chaired  by  Allan  Davis  and  includes  Wally  Comrie  and  Gene  Dunn.    The  Executive 
Compensation Committee is chaired by Gene Dunn and includes Robert Chipman and Wally Comrie. 

Brock Bulbuck, C.A., is Boyd’s President and Chief Executive Officer.  Since joining the Company in 1993, he has played 
a leading role, along with Mr. Smith, in the development and growth of the business.  He is responsible for the affairs of the 
Fund and the Company including their strategy, operations and performance. 

Robert  Chipman  is  the  retired  Chairman  and  Director  of  National  Leasing  Group  Inc.    He  is  a  Director  of  The  Megill-
Stephenson Company Ltd and Gendis Inc.  Mr. Chipman is a past director of the Royal Bank of Canada, Manitoba Telecom 
Services Inc., Buhler Industries Ltd., and Jovian Capital Corporation. 

Walter Comrie is the former General Sales Manager for CTV Television Winnipeg.  Mr. Comrie continues to be actively 
engaged in management & marketing consulting for a variety of clients.  Under the Fund's predecessor limited partnership 
structure, Mr. Comrie served as Chairman of the Advisory Committee.  In addition to serving on the Board of Trustees of 
the Fund, he is a Past President of the Broadcasters Association of Manitoba and a past member of the Board of Directors of 
Habitat for Humanity. 

Allan Davis, C.A., is President and Director of AFD Investments Inc. a Winnipeg based management consulting firm. Mr. 
Davis accepted the position of Chairman of the Board for Boyd Group Income Fund following the retirement and departure 
of Terry Smith, the previous Chairman.  In addition to serving on the Boyd Group Income Fund Board of Trustees, he is also 
a member of the Manufacturing Advisory Board of Exchange Income Corporation. Mr. Davis was formerly Executive Vice-
President,  Chief  Operating  Officer,  and  Chief  Financial  Officer of  the  Angus  Reid  Group  Inc.  in  Winnipeg from  1993  to 
1998. Mr.  Davis  is  a  Chartered  Accountant  and  holds  a  Bachelor of  Commerce  (Honours)  degree  from  the  University  of 
Manitoba. 

Gene Dunn is President and CEO of Monarch Industries Ltd. of Winnipeg, a leading Canadian manufacturing company.  In 
addition  to  serving  on  the  Boyd  Board  of  Trustees,  he  is  also  a  member  of  the  Board  of  the  Winnipeg  Blue  Bombers 
Football Club, The Never Alone Foundation and the Winnipeg Steelers Hockey Club.  He is past Chairman of the Board of 
Governors for Balmoral Hall School for Girls and past Chairman of the Winnipeg Blue Bombers Football Club.  Mr. Dunn 
is also the past Chairman of the Board of Governors of the Canadian Football League (CFL). 

Tim O’Day is Boyd’s President and Chief Operating Officer, U.S. Operations. Mr. O’Day joined Gerber Collision & Glass 
in February 1998.  With Boyd Group’s acquisition of Gerber in 2004, he was appointed Chief Operating Officer for Boyd’s 
U.S Operations.  In 2008, he was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer for U.S. Operations.  Earlier in his career, 
he was with Midas International, where he was elevated to Vice President–Western Division, responsible for a territory that 
encompassed 500 Midas locations.  Mr. O’Day is also a Certified Public Accountant. 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE DIRECTORY 

COMPANY OFFICERS & SUBSIDIARY COMPANY OFFICERS 

Brock Bulbuck 
President & 
Chief Executive Officer 

Dan Dott 
Vice President & 
Chief Financial Officer 

Eric Danberg  
President  
Canadian Operations 

Kevin Comrie 
Chief Marketing Officer 

Tim O’Day * 
President & Chief Operating 
Officer 
US Operations 

Eddie Cheskis * 
Chief Strategy Officer 
US Operations &  
Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Glass 

Derek Chatterley 
Vice President,  
British Columbia Operations  

Kevin Burnett * 
Vice President Operations, 
Illinois, Oklahoma & Kansas 

Tom Csekme * 
Vice President Operations, 
Arizona, Nevada & Georgia 

Rex Dunn * 
President, 
True2Form Collision Repair Centers 

Gary Bunce * 
Senior Vice President, 
Marketing & Sales 
US Operations 

Clark Plucinski * 
Executive Vice President, 
Sales & Marketing, 
True2Form Collision Repair 
Centers 

Larry Jaskowiak * 
Vice President Operations, 
Cars Collision Center, LLC, Master 
Collision Repair, Inc.  

Paul J. Ruiter * 
Assistant Secretary, 
True2Form Collision Repair Centers 

Frank Alessia * 
Assistant Secretary, 
Nevada 

* Officers of subsidiary companies 

CORPORATE OFFICE 

3570 Portage Avenue 
Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada 
R3K 0Z8 

Telephone: (204) 895-1244 
Fax: (204) 895-1283 
Website: www.boydgroup.com 

For location information, please visit us at  www.boydgroup.com 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITHOLDER INFORMATION 

BOYD GROUP INCOME FUND UNITS AND EXCHANGE LISTING 

Units of the Fund are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol BYD.UN 

Registrar, Transfer Agents and 
Distribution Agents 

Valiant Trust Company  
310 – 606 – 4th Street S.W. 
Calgary, Alberta 
T2P 1T1 

U.S. Senior Banker 

Canadian Senior Banker 

PNC Bank, National Association 
One PNC Plaza, 2nd Floor 
249 – 5th Avenue 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 
15222 

TD Bank Financial Group 
4th Floor, 201 Portage Avenue 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 
R3C 2T2 

Legal Counsel 

Auditors  

Thompson Dorfman Sweatman 
2200 – 201 Portage Avenue 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 
R3B 3L3 

Deloitte & Touche LLP 
2200 – 360 Main Street 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 
R3C 3Z3 

Annual General Meeting 

Monday, May 28, 2012 
Victoria Inn Hotel and Convention Centre 
1808 Wellington Avenue 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 
R3H 0G3 
5:00 p.m. (CDT) 

87